Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Avhp 5150 DVDXNRC

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 204

ORDER NO.

CRT4278
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC

DVD AV RECEIVER

AVH-P5150DVD /XN/RC

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RD
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RI
This service manual should be used together with the following manual(s):
Model No. Order No. Mech.Module Remarks

CX-3212 CRT3896 MS5 DVD Mech. Module : Circuit Descriptions, Mech. Descriptions, Disassembly

DTS and DTS Digital Out are registered trademartks and the DTS logos and Symbol are
trademarks of DTS, Inc.
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Pro Logic, and the double-D
symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

For details, refer to "Important Check Points for Good Servicing".

PIONEER CORPORATION 4-1, Meguro 1-chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan


PIONEER ELECTRONICS (USA) INC. P.O. Box 1760, Long Beach, CA 90801-1760, U.S.A.
PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, 9120 Melsele, Belgium
PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936
PIONEER CORPORATION 2009
K-ZZZ. JAN. 2009 Printed in Japan
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

SAFETY INFORMATION
This service manual is intended for qualified service technicians; it is not meant for the casual do-it-yourselfer.
A Qualified technicians have the necessary test equipment and tools, and have been trained to properly and safety repair
complex products such as those covered by this manual.
Improperly performed repairs can adversely affect the safety and reliability of the product and may void the warranty.
If you are not qualified to perform the repair of this product properly and safety, you should not risk trying to do so
and refer the repair to a qualified service technician.

Where in a manufacturer’s service documentation, for example in circuit diagrams or lists


of components, a symbol is used to indicate that a specific component shall be replaced only
by the component specified in that documentation for safety reasons, the following symbol shall
be used:

B
- Safety Precautions for those who Service this Unit.
When checking or adjusting the emitting power of the laser diode exercise caution in order to get safe, reliable
results.

Caution:
1. During repair or tests, minimum distance of 13 cm from the focus lens must be kept.
2. During repair or tests, do not view laser beam for 10 seconds or longer.

CAUTION:
USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE
SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.
C

CAUTION
CLASS 1M INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

WARNING!
The AEL (accessible emission level )of the laser power output is less than CLASS 1
but the laser component is capable of emitting radiation exceeding the limit for
CLASS 1.
A specially instructed person should do servicing operation of the apparatus.

Laser diode characteristics


Wave length:
DVD:640 nm to 660 nm
CD:770 nm to 810 nm
DVD : 2.48 mW(Emitting period :9 sec.)
CD : 705 W(Emitting period : unlimited)

Additional Laser Caution


E
Transistors Q1103 and Q1104 in PCB drive the laser diodes for DVD and CD
respectively. When Q1103 or Q1104 is shorted between their terminals,
the laser diodes for DVD or CD will radiate beam. If the top cover is removed
with no disc loaded while such short-circuit is continued, the naked eyes may
be exposed to the laser beam.

CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
F Replaced only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacture.
Discord used batteries according to the manufacture's instructions.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
2
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

[Important Check Points for Good Servicing]


In this manual, procedures that must be performed during repairs are marked with the below symbol.
Please be sure to confirm and follow these procedures.
A
1. Product safety
Please conform to product regulations (such as safety and radiation regulations), and maintain a safe servicing environment by
following the safety instructions described in this manual.

1 Use specified parts for repair.

Use genuine parts. Be sure to use important parts for safety.

2 Do not perform modifications without proper instructions.

Please follow the specified safety methods when modification(addition/change of parts) is required due to interferences such as
radio/TV interference and foreign noise.

3 Make sure the soldering of repaired locations is properly performed. B

When you solder while repairing, please be sure that there are no cold solder and other debris.
Soldering should be finished with the proper quantity. (Refer to the example)

4 Make sure the screws are tightly fastened.

Please be sure that all screws are fastened, and that there are no loose screws.

5 Make sure each connectors are correctly inserted.

Please be sure that all connectors are inserted, and that there are no imperfect insertion.

6 Make sure the wiring cables are set to their original state.

Please replace the wiring and cables to the original state after repairs.
In addition, be sure that there are no pinched wires, etc. C

7 Make sure screws and soldering scraps do not remain inside the product.

Please check that neither solder debris nor screws remain inside the product.

8 There should be no semi-broken wires, scratches, melting, etc. on the coating of the power cord.

Damaged power cords may lead to fire accidents, so please be sure that there are no damages.
If you find a damaged power cord, please exchange it with a suitable one.

9 There should be no spark traces or similar marks on the power plug.

When spark traces or similar marks are found on the power supply plug, please check the connection and advise on secure
connections and suitable usage. Please exchange the power cord if necessary.

a Safe environment should be secured during servicing. D

When you perform repairs, please pay attention to static electricity, furniture, household articles, etc. in order to prevent injuries.
Please pay attention to your surroundings and repair safely.

2. Adjustments
To keep the original performance of the products, optimum adjustments and confirmation of characteristics within specification.
Adjustments should be performed in accordance with the procedures/instructions described in this manual.

3. Lubricants, Glues, and Replacement parts


Use grease and adhesives that are equal to the specified substance.
Make sure the proper amount is applied.
E

4. Cleaning
For parts that require cleaning, such as optical pickups, tape deck heads, lenses and mirrors used in projection monitors, proper
cleaning should be performed to restore their performances.

5. Shipping mode and Shipping screws


To protect products from damages or failures during transit, the shipping mode should be set or the shipping screws should be
installed before shipment. Please be sure to follow this method especially if it is specified in this manual.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
3
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

CONTENTS
SAFETY INFORMATION..................................................................................................................................... 2
1. SERVICE PRECAUTIONS ............................................................................................................................... 5
1.1 SERVICE PRECAUTIONS ........................................................................................................................ 5
A
1.2 NOTES ON SOLDERING .......................................................................................................................... 6
2. SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................................................ 7
2.1 SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 7
2.2 DISC/CONTENT FORMAT ........................................................................................................................ 8
2.3 PANEL FACILITIES.................................................................................................................................... 9
2.4 CONNECTION DIAGRAM ....................................................................................................................... 13
3. BASIC ITEMS FOR SERVICE........................................................................................................................ 17
3.1 CHECK POINTS AFTER SERVICING..................................................................................................... 17
3.2 PCB LOCATIONS .................................................................................................................................... 18
3.3 JIGS LIST ................................................................................................................................................ 19
3.4 CLEANING............................................................................................................................................... 20
4. BLOCK DIAGRAM.......................................................................................................................................... 22
B 4.1 OVERALL CONNECTION DIAGRAM...................................................................................................... 22
4.2 BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................................................................................................... 24
5. DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................... 33
5.1 OPERATIONAL FLOWCHART ................................................................................................................ 33
5.2 INSPECTION METHOD OF PICKUP UNIT............................................................................................. 34
5.3 DIAGNOSIS FLOWCHART ..................................................................................................................... 37
5.4 ERROR CODE LIST ................................................................................................................................ 59
5.5 CONNECTOR FUNCTION DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................. 62
5.6 SIMPLE OPERATION CHECK METHOD................................................................................................ 63
6. SERVICE MODE ............................................................................................................................................ 64
6.1 TEST MODE ............................................................................................................................................ 64
6.2 DVD TEST MODE ................................................................................................................................... 66
6.3 CALIBRATION TEST MODE ................................................................................................................... 69
C 6.4 MONITOR TEST MODE .......................................................................................................................... 69
7. DISASSEMBLY .............................................................................................................................................. 70
8. EACH SETTING AND ADJUSTMENT ........................................................................................................... 77
8.1 DVD ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................................................................ 77
8.2 DVD AMP UNIT ADJUSTMENT .............................................................................................................. 84
8.3 INVERTER PCB ADJUSTMENT ............................................................................................................. 86
8.4 MONITOR PCB ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................... 88
8.5 TOUCH PANEL ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................... 92
8.6 MONITOR ADJUSTMENT ..................................................................................................................... 100
9. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST........................................................................................................ 108
9.1 PACKING ............................................................................................................................................... 108
9.2 EXTERIOR(1) .........................................................................................................................................110
9.3 EXTERIOR(2) .........................................................................................................................................112
D 9.4 EXTERIOR(3) .........................................................................................................................................114
9.5 EXTERIOR(4) .........................................................................................................................................116
9.6 DVD MECHANISM MODULE ................................................................................................................ 120
10. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ............................................................................................................................. 122
10.1 DVD AMP UNIT(AMP)(GUIDE PAGE)................................................................................................. 122
10.2 DVD AMP UNIT(SYSTEM)(GUIDE PAGE).......................................................................................... 128
10.3 DVD AMP UNIT(POWER SUPPLY) .................................................................................................... 134
10.4 iPod CONNECTOR UNIT .................................................................................................................... 136
10.5 KEYBOARD UNIT................................................................................................................................ 137
10.6 DVD CORE UNIT(1/2)(GUIDE PAGE)................................................................................................. 138
10.7 DVD CORE UNIT(2/2) ......................................................................................................................... 144
10.8 COMPOUND UNIT(A) AND COMPOUND UNIT(B) ............................................................................ 146
10.9 MONITOR PCB(MONITOR)(GUIDE PAGE) ........................................................................................ 148
E 10.10 MONITOR PCB(OSD)(GUIDE PAGE) ............................................................................................... 154
10.11 INVERTER PCB................................................................................................................................. 160
10.12 TUNER BOX UNIT............................................................................................................................. 162
10.13 DRIVE UNIT....................................................................................................................................... 164
10.14 WAVEFORMS .................................................................................................................................... 166
11. PCB CONNECTION DIAGRAM.................................................................................................................. 168
11.1 DVD AMP UNIT.................................................................................................................................... 168
11.2 iPod CONNECTOR UNIT..................................................................................................................... 172
11.3 KEYBOARD UNIT ................................................................................................................................ 173
11.4 DVD CORE UNIT ................................................................................................................................. 174
11.5 COMPOUND UNIT(A) AND COMPOUND UNIT(B)............................................................................. 178
11.6 INVERTER PCB................................................................................................................................... 179
11.7 MONITOR PCB .................................................................................................................................... 180
F
11.8 TUNER BOX UNIT ............................................................................................................................... 184
11.9 DRIVE UNIT ......................................................................................................................................... 186
12. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ........................................................................................................................ 187

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
4
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

1. SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
1.1 SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
A

1. You should conform to the regulations governing the product (safety, radio and noise, and other regulations),
and should keep the safety during servicing by following the safety instructions described in this manual.
2. Be careful in handling ICs. Some ICs such as MOS type are so fragile that they can be damaged by electrostatic
induction.
3. Before disassembling the unit, be sure to turn off the power. Unplugging and plugging the connectors
during power-on mode may damage the ICs inside the unit.
4. To protect the pickup unit from electrostatic discharge during servicing, take an appropriate treatment
(shorting-solder) by referring to "the DISASSEMBLY" .
5. After replacing the pickup unit, be sure to skew adjustment.
B
6. During disassembly, be sure to turn the power off since an internal IC might be destroyed when a connector
is plugged or unplugged.
7. In case the internal fuse blows out, check the latter part of voltage.
8. Touch panel consists of the glass. Take good care for its handling.
Dropping the panel or adding severe impact on it may cause the risk of cracking.
Also, the end face of glass is not chamfered.
Use gloves and the like to protect your fingers from being cut.
9. AVH-P5150DVD will be operated only when Tuner Box is connected.
When operating it without connecting Tuner Box such as in the case of confirming operation,
short R678 (B face) of the DVD Amp Unit by soldering.
*When returning it to the customer, do not forget to remove the shorted part as described above.
It is the resistance land that enables operation in case the AVH-P5150DVD is returned to the service deposit with C
TUNER BOX excluded.
If you return this land in the state of leaving it shorted after completion of repair, the failure may arise after returning
it to the customer,
who will claim that the product does not go OFF even by the detach.
(See details to “5.6 SIMPLE OPERATION CHECK METHOD”.)
10. EJECT LOCK MODE for DVD mechanism
In order to enter "EJECT LOCK" mode, press the EJECT key and the MUTE key for 2 seconds in the state of
SOURCE OFF.

DISC EJECT behavior of built-in DVD mecha is prohibited


It is for DISC antitheft from the storefront display.
With or without DISC, the behavior of pressing EJECT key during the EJECT lock is as follows. D

During grille closed


Press EJECT key -> Grille is opened.
* The key is valid at the point of being pressed (BEEP). To Leave the key makes grille opened.
During grille opened
Press EJECT key -> Grille is closed.
* The key is valid at the point of being pressed (BEEP). To Leave the key makes grille opened.

In order to exit "EJECT LOCK" mode, follow the same steps to enter this mode.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
5
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

11. Hot areas


White area: Hot area. Be careful not to burn yourself

A
DVD Amp Unit Tuner Box

1.2 NOTES ON SOLDERING

For environmental protection, lead-free solder is used on the printed circuit boards mounted in this unit.
Be sure to use lead-free solder and a soldering iron that can meet specifications for use with lead-free solders for repairs
accompanied by reworking of soldering.

E Compared with conventional eutectic solders, lead-free solders have higher melting points, by approximately 40 C.
Therefore, for lead-free soldering, the tip temperature of a soldering iron must be set to around 373 C in general, although
the temperature depends on the heat capacity of the PC board on which reworking is required and the weight of the tip of
the soldering iron.

Compared with eutectic solders, lead-free solders have higher bond strengths but slower wetting times and higher melting
temperatures (hard to melt/easy to harden).

The following lead-free solders are available as service parts:


Parts numbers of lead-free solder:
GYP1006 1.0 in dia.
GYP1007 0.6 in dia.
F
GYP1008 0.3 in dia.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
6
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

2. SPECIFICATIONS
2.1 SPECIFICATIONS
A

General Gain ......................... ±12 dB


Rated power source..............14.4 V DC High
(allowable voltage range: Frequency.............. 3.15k/8k/10k/12.5k Hz
12.0 V to 14.4 V DC) Q Factor .................0.35/0.59/0.95/1.15 (+6 dB
Grounding system.................Negative type when boosted)
Max. current consumption Gain ......................... ±12 dB
...............................................10.0 A HPF:
Backup current ...................... 5.0 mA or less Frequency....................... 50/63/80/100/125 Hz
Slope................................–12 dB/oct
Dimensions (W × H × D): Subwoofer (mono):
B
DIN Frequency....................... 50/63/80/100/125 Hz
Chassis ........................... 180 mm × 50 mm × 165 Slope................................–18 dB/oct
mm Gain .................................. +6 dB to – 24 dB
Nose ................................ 188 mm × 58 mm × 33 mm Phase .............................. Normal/Reverse
D Bass boost:
Chassis ................. 178 mm × 50 mm × 165 Gain ................................. +12 dB to 0 dB
mm
Nose ....................... 170 mm × 46 mm × 28 mm DVD Player
Weight .................................... 2.4 kg System ..................................... DVD video, DVD-VR, Video
CD, CD, WMA, MP3, AAC,
Display DivX system
Screen size/aspect ratio...... 7.0 inch wide/16:9 Usable discs .......................... DVD video, Video CD, CD, C
(effective display area: 154 CD-R/RW, DVD-R/RW/RDL
× 87 mm) Region number:
Pixels ....................................... 336 960 (1 440 × 234) for Middle East Asian and South African models
Display method .................... TFT active matrix, transmis- ..................................... 2
sive type for Southeast Asian models
Color system.......................... NTSC/PAL/PAL-M/SECAM ..................................... 3
compatible for South American and Oceanian models
Durable temperature range (power off) ..................................... 4
.............................................. -20 °C to +80 °C Frequency response............. 5 Hz to 44 000 Hz(with DVD,
Angle adjustment ................. 50° to 110° at sampling frequency 96
(initial settings: 90°) kHz)
D
Signal-to-noise ratio............. 96 dB (1 kHz) (IEC-A net-
Audio work) (RCA level)
Maximum power output ...... 50 W × 4 Output level:
50 W × 2/4 + 70 W × 1/2 Video............................... 1.0 Vp-p/75 (±0.2 V)
(for subwoofer) Number of channels ............ 2 (stereo)
Continuous power output .. 22 W × 4 (50 Hz to 15 000 MP3 decoding format ..........MPEG-1 & 2 Audio Layer 3
Hz, 5 % THD, 4 load, both WMA decoding format ....... Ver. 7, 7.1, 8, 9, 10, 11 (2ch
channels driven) audio)
Load impedance ................... 4 to 8 × 4 (Windows Media Player)
4 to 8 × 2 + 2 × 1 AAC decoding format...........MPEG-4 AAC (iTunes en-
Preout max output level ...... 4.0 V coded only) (.m4a)
Equalizer (3-Band Parametric Equalizer): (Ver. 8.0 and earlier) E
Low DivX decoding format...........Home Theater Ver. 3, 4, 5.2
Frequency.............. 40/80/100/160 Hz (.avi, .divx)
Q Factor .................0.35/0.59/0.95/1.15 (+6 dB
when boosted) USB
Gain ......................... ±12 dB USB standard specification
Mid ............................................... USB 2.0 full speed
Frequency.............. 200/500/1k/2k Hz Maximum current supply .... 500 mA
Q Factor .................0.35/0.59/0.95/1.15 (+6 dB USB Class............................... MSC(Mass Storage Class)
when boosted) File system.............................. FAT16, FAT32

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
7
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

MP3 decoding format ......... MPEG-1 & 2 Audio Layer 3


WMA decoding format ....... Ver. 7, 7.1, 8, 9, 10, 11 (2ch
audio)
A (Windows Media Player)
AAC decoding format.......... MPEG-4 AAC (iTunes en-
coded only) (.m4a)
(Ver. 8.0 and earlier)
WAV signal format ................ Linear PCM & MS ADPCM
(Non-compressed)

FM tuner
Frequency range................... 87.5 MHz to 108.0 MHz
Usable sensitivity.................. 9 dBf (0.7 μV/75 , mono,
S/N: 30 dB)
B Signal-to-noise ratio............. 72 dB (IEC-A network)

AM tuner
Frequency range................... 531 kHz to 1 602 kHz (9 kHz)
530 kHz to 1 640 kHz (10
kHz)
Usable sensitivity.................. 25 μV (S/N: 20 dB)
Signal-to-noise ratio............. 62 dB (IEC-A network)

Infrared remote control


Wavelength............................. 945 nm
Output ......................................typ; 10 mw/sr per Infrared
C
LED

Note
Specifications and the design are subject to mod-
ifications without notice due to improvements.

2.2 DISC/CONTENT FORMAT


D

E is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
8
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

2.3 PANEL FACILITIES

What ’s what 7 / (TRACK) buttons


Press to do manual seek tuning, fast for-
Head unit ward, reverse and track search controls.
1 VOLUME/MUTE button
8 RESET button
Rotate it to increase or decrease the vo-
Press to return to the factory settings (initial
lume.
settings).
Press to cut the sound.
9 DETACH button
2 Disc loading slot
Press to remove the front panel from the D
Insert a disc to play.
head unit.
3 EJECT ( ) button
Press to eject a disc from this unit.

4 EQ button
Press to select various equalizer curves.

5 OPEN/CLOSE button
Press to open or close the LCD panel.
Press and hold to turn the LCD panel hori- E
zontal temporarily from upright position.

6 SRC button
This unit is turned on by selecting a source.
Press to cycle through all the available
sources.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
9
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

2 3 4

21
5
6
B 20
7
1 19 8
9
18 10
11
17
16 12
15 13

C
14

Remote control
D

Button names AVH mode DVD mode


Remote control selec- Switch to change the setting of the remote control. For details, refer toSetting re-
1
tion switch mote control code type.
Press to cycle through all the available sources. Press and hold to turn the source
2 SRC button
off.
Press to quickly lower the volume level by about 90%. Press once more to return to
3 ATT button
the original volume level.
4 VOLUME buttons Press to increase or decrease the volume.
E
AUDIO button Press to change the audio language during DVD playback.
5 SUBTITLE button Press to change the subtitle language during DVD playback.
ANGLE button Press to change the viewing angle during DVD playback.
6 RETURN button Press to display the PBC (playback control) menu during PBC playback.
Remote control code: AVH or B
Not used.
7 / buttons (DISC ) Not used.
Remote control code: A
Press to select the next/previous disc.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
10
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Switch the operation mode between AVH, DVD and TV modes. Normally, set to
Remote control opera-
8 AVH. For details, refer toUsing the remote control operation mode switchon the
tion mode switch
next page.
Press to turn the bookmark function on
Press to operate the preprogrammed
BOOK MARK button/ or off when your DVD player features
9 functions for each source. (Refer to
PGM button bookmark function. For details, refer to
Using the PGM button.)
DVD player ’s operation manual.
10 DIRECT button Not used.
B
Remote control code: AVH
Not used.
11 REAR SOURCE button Not used.
Remote control code: A or B
Press to turn the DVD player on or off.
Remote control code: AVH
Not used.
12 DISPLAY button Press to select different displays.
Remote control code: A or B
Press to select different displays.
ENTERTAINMENT but-
13 Not used.
ton
C
Press 0 to 10 to input numbers. Buttons
1 to 6 can operate the preset tuning for
0 to 10 buttons, CLEAR Press to select a menu item on a video
14 the tuner or disc changing for DVD
button CD featuring PBC (playback control).
player or multi-CD player. Press CLEAR
to clear the input numbers.
15 BACK button Press to return to the previous display. Not used.
Press to select the tuner band when
tuner is selected as a source. Also used
Press to switch mode between com-
to cancel the control mode of functions.
pressed audio and audio data (CD-DA)
Press to switch mode between com-
16 BAND/ESC button when playing discs with compressed D
pressed audio and audio data (CD-DA)
audio and audio data (CD-DA) such as
when playing discs with compressed
CD-EXTRA and MIXED-MODE CDs.
audio and audio data (CD-DA) such as
CD-EXTRA and MIXED-MODE CDs.
PLAY/PAUSE ( )
Press to switch sequentially between playback and pause.
button
REVERSE ( ) button Press to perform fast reverse.
FORWARD ( ) but-
Press to perform fast forward.
ton
17 PREVIOUS ( ) but- E
Press to return to the previous track (chapter).
ton
NEXT ( ) button Press to go to the next track (chapter).
Press to move ahead one frame at a time during DVD/VideoCD playback. Press
STEP ( / ) buttons
and hold for one second to activate slow playback.
STOP ( ) button Press to stop playback.

18 AUTO PLAY button Press to turn the DVD auto-playback function on or off.
19 / buttons (FOLDER ) Press to select the next/previous folder.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
11
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Move to do fast forward, reverse and


Move to select a menu on the DVD
20 Thumb pad track search controls. Click to recall
menu.
MENU.
MENU button Press to display the DVD menu during DVD playback.
21
TOP MENU button Press to return to the top menu during DVD playback.

B Using the remote control operation Fastening the front panel


mode switch
If you do not plan to detach the front
There are three remote control operation
panel, the front panel can be fastened
modes on the remote control.
with supplied screws.

AVH mode operation • Fix the front panel to the unit


When operating this unit by remote control, using screws and holder after
the mode is normally switched to AVH. removing the trim ring.

C DVD mode operation


If you switch the mode to DVD, the thumb pad
and 0 to 10 operations are changed for the
DVD player.

•ing When you want to operate the follow-


functions, switch the mode to DVD:
• When operating the DVD menu by using
the thumb pad. (Refer toOperating the DVD
menu.)
D
• When operating the PBC menu by using 0
to 10. (Refer toPBC playback.) Screws
JGZ20P070FTC

TV mode operation
TV operations available with a Pioneer TV tuner
(e.g. GEX-P5750TV(P)) can be controled with
AVH mode. TV mode is not used with this
unit.
• For details concerning operation, refer to
E the TV tuner’s operation manuals.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
12
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Connecting the power cord
5

5
Use a mini plug cable to
Dock connector
connect with auxiliary
Connect to separately sold iPod.
equipment.
Gray Wired remote input Interface cable (e.g., CD-IU205V)
Hard-wired remote control adaptor (sold separately)
AUX jack (3.5 ø) can be connected (sold separately).
80 cm
1.5 m
20 cm 80 cm Tuner box (supplied)
USB cable (supplied) USB input IP-BUS input IP-BUS cable

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Connect to separately sold (Blue) Multi-CD player
USB device. This product (sold separately)
Yellow/black Antenna cable
Fuse (10 A) If you use an equipment with Mute function, wire this lead to the Audio Mute lead on (supplied)
that piece of equipment. If not, keep the Audio Mute lead free of any connections.
2.4 CONNECTION DIAGRAM

Yellow

6
6

Connect to the constant 12 V supply terminal. Connection method

1. Clamp the lead. 2. Clamp firmly with


Red Fuse resistor needle-nosed pliers.
Connect to terminal controlled by ignition switch (12 V DC).

Orange/white Fuse resistor


Connect to lighting switch terminal. Note:
• The position of the parking brake switch depends on the vehicle model. For details,
consult the vehicle Owner’s Manual or dealer.
Black (chassis ground)
Connect to a clean, paint-free metal location. Light green
Used to detect the ON/OFF status of the parking brake. This
White Gray lead must be connected to the power supply side of the parking
brake switch.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
Front speaker Front speaker

7
7

White/black Gray/black Parking brake


Left Right
Power supply side switch
Green Violet Blue/white
Rear speaker or Rear speaker or Connect to system control terminal of the power Ground side
Subwoofer (4 ) Subwoofer (4 ) amp or auto-antenna relay control terminal
Green/black Violet/black (max. 300 mA 12 V DC).

With a 2 speaker system, do not connect


When using a subwoofer of 70 W (2 ), be sure to connect with Violet and Violet/black leads of this unit. anything to the speaker leads that are not
Do not connect anything to Green and Green/black leads. connected to speakers.

When you connect the separately sold multi- Note:


Green Violet
channel processor (e.g., DEQ-P7650) to this • Change the initial setting of this unit (refer to the
Subwoofer (4 ) Operation Manual). The subwoofer output of this unit
Not used. unit, do not connect anything to the speaker
×2 is monaural.
leads and system remote control
8

8
Green/black Violet/black (blue/white).

13
E
A

D
C

F
B
F
E
B
A

D
C

14
When connecting to separately sold power amp

1
1

This product
Rear output or subwoofer output
(REAR/SUBWOOFER/DEQ OUTPUT)
Power amp
(sold separately)
15 cm

Front output
(FRONT OUTPUT) Power amp
(sold separately)
15 cm

Connect with RCA cables

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


(sold separately)

2
2

System remote control


Blue/white
Connect to system control terminal of the power
Left Right
amp or auto-antenna relay control terminal
(max. 300 mA 12 V DC).
Front speaker Front speaker

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
3
3

When you connect the separately sold multi-


channel processor (e.g., DEQ-P7650) to this
unit, do not connect anything to the speaker
leads and system remote control Rear speaker Rear speaker
(blue/white). or subwoofer or subwoofer

Perform these connections when


When you connect the multi-channel using the optional amplifier.
processor to this unit, refer to multi-channel
processor’s installation manual for the Note:
connection method. • Change the initial setting of this unit (refer to the Operation
Manual). The subwoofer output of this unit is monaural.

4
4
When connecting with a rear view camera When connecting with a multi-channel processor
When this product is used with a rear view camera, it is possible to automatically switch
5

from the video to rear view image when the gear shift is moved to REVERSE . (R)

5
This product
WARNING 25 cm Video input
USE INPUT ONLY FOR REVERSE OR MIRROR IMAGE REAR VIEW CAMERA. OTHER USE MAY (VIDEO INPUT)
RESULT IN INJURY OR DAMAGE. IP-BUS input (Blue)
IP-BUS cable Blue
CAUTION (supplied with DVD DEQ output (REAR/
• The screen image may appear reversed. player) SUBWOOFER/DEQ OUTPUT)
• The rear view camera function is to be used as an aid for backing into a tight parking spot. Do not use this
function for entertainment purposes.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


• Objects in the rear view may appear closer or more distant than they actually are. Black
15 cm

Optical cable (supplied with RCA cable (supplied with


Optical cable connection box multi-channel processor) multi-channel processor)
(e.g., CD-DD25)
(sold separately) Optical cable (sold DVD player (e.g., XDV-P650)
CAUTION

6
6

separately) (sold separately)


You must use a camera
This product which outputs mirror Blue
reversed images.
Rear view camera input Black
(REAR VIEW
CAMERA IN) Rear view camera Hide-away unit (supplied
with DVD player)

20 cm To video output Front video output Black


RCA cable Blue
(Yellow) Black
(sold separately)
15 cm
Multi-channel processor 25 pin cable (supplied

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
Fuse resistor (e.g., DEQ-P7650) with DVD player)
Violet/white (sold separately)

7
7

Of the two lead wires connected to the back lamp, connect the RCA cable (supplied
one in which the voltage changes when the gear shift is in the with DVD player)
REVERSE (R) position. This connection enables the unit to
sense whether the car is moving forwards or backwards.
Black Blue IP-BUS cable

Connection method IP-BUS cable (supplied with


multi-channel processor)
1. Clamp the lead. 2. Clamp firmly with Multi-CD player
needle-nosed pliers. When you connect a separately sold (sold separately)
DVD player to the separately sold
multi-channel processor, the optical
cable from DVD player must be
Note:
connected to the optical cable 2 input
• It is necessary to set CAMERA POLARITY properly in SYSTEM MENU when
(OPT. IN2) of the multi-channel You can use only one video component
connecting the rear view camera.
processor. with this unit.
8

8
15
E
A

D
C

F
B
F
E
B
A

D
C

16
Connecting and installing the When connecting the external video component and the display
optical cable connection box

1
1

WARNING
• Avoid installing this unit in locations where the
Rear monitor output
operation of safety devices such as airbags is pre-
Optical cable (REAR MONITOR OUTPUT)
vented by this unit. Otherwise, there is a danger of To video input Display with
a fatal accident. RCA input jacks
• Avoid installing this unit in locations where the 20 cm (sold separately)
operation of the brake may be prevented.
Otherwise, it may result in a traffic accident. Installing the optical cable
• Fix this unit securely with the hook and loop fas- This product
tener or lock tie. If this unit is loose, it disturbs connection box
driving stability, which may result in a traffic
accident. • Wheninstalling theoptical cable
CAUTION connection box with the hook and RCA cables (sold separately)
• Install this unit using only the parts supplied with loop fastener. Video input

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


this unit. If other parts are used, this unit may be

2
2

Install the optical cable connection box (VIDEO INPUT) To video output
damaged or could dismount itself, which leads to
using the hook and loop fastener in the
an accident or other problems. External video
• Do not install this unit near the doors where rain- ample space of the console box. 25 cm component
water is likely to be spilled on the unit. Incursion (sold separately)
of water into the unit may cause smoke or fire.
Audio input
(AUDIO INPUT) To audio outputs
Hook fastener
Connecting the optical cable
r
Loop fastene
1. Connect the optical cable and
ground lead to the main unit.
Connect the optical cable so that it • It is necessary to set AV INPUT to VIDEO in SYSTEM MENU when connecting the

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
does not protrude from the unit, as external video component.
shown in the illustration. Fasten the • It is necessary to set AV INPUT to S-DVD in SYSTEM MENU when connecting a
ground lead to the protrusion on the • When installing the optical cable multi-DVD player.

3
3

back of the unit.


connection box with the lock tie.
Wrap the optical cable and connection
When using a display connected to rear video output
box with the protection tape and fasten This product’s rear video output is for connection of a display to enable passengers in the
with the power code using the lock tie. rear seats to watch the DVD or Video CD.
Wrap with the protection tape
WARNING
Screw • NEVER install the display in a location that enables the Driver to watch the DVD or Video CD
while driving.
2. Connect the optical cable to the
optical cable connection box.

Fasten with the lock tie

4
4
5 6 7 8

3. BASIC ITEMS FOR SERVICE


3.1 CHECK POINTS AFTER SERVICING
A
To keep the product quality after servicing, please confirm following check points.

No. Procedures Check points


1 Confirm whether the customer complain has The customer complain must not be
been solved. reappeared.
If the customer complain occurs with the Display, video, audio and operations must be
specific media, use it for the operation check. normal.

2 Flap-mecha Check the operation of the flap mechanism. The flap mechanism operation must be
smooth without making the noise and
scratches.
3 DVD Measure playback error rates at the Deterioration of mecha-drive can be checked. B
innermost and outermost tracks by using the The error rate must be less than the
test mode with the following disc. threshold value.
DVD test disc (GGV1025) (Refer to the chapter of DIAGNOSIS for the
threshold value.)

4 DVD Play back a DVD. Display, video, audio and operations must be
(Menu operation; Title/chapter search) normal.

5 CD Play back a CD. Display, audio and operations must be


(Track search) normal.

6 FM/AM tuner Check FM/AM tuner action. Display, audio and operations must be
(Seek, Preset) normal. C
Switch band to check both FM and AM.

7 Check whether no disc is inside the product. The media used for the operating check must
be ejected.

8 Appearance check No scratches or dirt on its appearance after


receiving it for service.

See the table below for the items to be checked regarding video and audio:

Item to be checked regarding video Item to be checked regarding audio


Block-noise Distortion D

Horizontal noise Noise


Dot noise Volume too low
Disturbed image (video jumpiness) Volume too high
Too dark Volume fluctuating
Too bright Sound interrupted
Mottled color

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
17
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

3.2 PCB LOCATIONS

D DVD Core Unit


A
(MS5AVCOD)

E Compound Unit (A)


F Compound Unit (B)
B
G Monitor PCB B iPod Connector Unit
K Switch PCB Unit

C Keyboard Unit
A DVD Amp Unit
H Inverter PCB
C
L Volume PCB Unit
J Main PCB Unit
Unit Number : CWN3852(RC)
Unit Number : CWN3853(RD)
I Tuner Box Unit Unit Number : CWN3854(RI)
Unit Name : DVD Amp Unit
Unit Number :
Unit Name : Keyboard Unit
Unit Number :
Unit Name : iPod Connector Unit
Monitor Unit
D
Consists of
Monitor PCB
Inverter PCB
Unit Number : CWN4088
Unit Name : Monitor Unit
Unit Number : CWN3130
Unit Name : Tuner BOX Unit
Unit Number : CXX2316
Unit Name : Main PCB Unit(SERVICE)
Unit Number : CZW5029
Unit Name : Switch PCB Unit
Unit Number : CZW5028
E Unit Name : Volume PCB Unit
Unit Number : YWX5005
Unit Name : DVD Core Unit
Unit Number : CWX3595
Unit Name : Compound Unit(A)
Unit Number : CWX3559
Unit Name : Compound Unit(B)

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
18
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

3.3 JIGS LIST

A
Bracket

GGF1461
40-Pin + 20-Pin Relay PCB

GGD1209
20-Pin FFC B

Main PCB Unit

GGD1170 GGD1284
40-Pin FFC 40-Pin FFC BBR

C
DVD Amp Unit
Monitor PCB
Cord
CDE8589
DVD Mechanism Module

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
19
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

A DVD-Video GGV1025 Skew adjustment


CD-DA TCD-782 Skew adjustment
TORX driver(T2) GGK1095 Skew adjustment
Bond GEM1033 Skew adjustment
40-Pin FFC GGD1170 Monitor PCB <--> Relay PCB
20-Pin FFC GGD1209 Main PCB Unit <--> Relay PCB
40-Pin FFC BBR GGD1284 DVD Mechanism Module <--> DVD Amp Unit
40-Pin + 20 Pin Relay PCB GGF1461 DVD Amp Unit <--> Monitor PCB, Main PCB Unit

B
- Grease List
Name Jig No. Remarks
Grease GEM1024 DVD Mechanism Module and Chassis
Grease GEM1043 DVD Mechanism Module and Chassis
Grease GEM1045 DVD Mechanism Module
Grease GEM1050 DVD Mechanism Module
Locking agents 1401M DVD Mechanism Module (1401M:produced by THREE BOND)
Grease GEM1011 Chassis
Grease GEM1047 Chassis
Grease GEM1071 Chassis
Grease GEM1072 Chassis
C Grease GEM1070 Chassis

3.4 CLEANING

Before shipping out the product, be sure to clean the following portions by using the prescribed cleaning tools:
Portions to be cleaned Cleaning tools
DVD pickup lenses Cleaning liquid : GEM1004
Cleaning paper : GED-008

E
Portions to be cleaned Cleaning tools
Fans Cleaning paper : GED-008

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
20
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
21
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
F
E
B
A

D
C

22
1
1

40
39
38
BUS+
1 37

ASS'Y
GND
2 36

CXC6317
GND

REMOTE
3 35

G
NC

CONTROL
4 34
BUS-
5 33
GND
6 32
BUSL+ INVBST
7 31 1 1

JA751
ABO GND DIMDTY
8 60 30 2 2
BUSR+ GNDV INVPUL
9 59 29 3 3
BUSR- MONVBS GNDFL
H

10 58 28 4 4

IP-BUS INPUT
BUSL- GNDV GNDFL
11 57 27 5 5
MONITOR UNIT

OSDGND GNDFL
56 26 6 6
55 OSDGND 25 7 NC 7
CN5602

MONITOR PCB
CN5004

PWRFL
4. BLOCK DIAGRAM

OSDGND
INVERTER PCB

54 24 8 8
PWRFL

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


1 OPTG 53 NC 23 9 9

2
2

SWVDD33V PWRFL
2 OPTG 52 22 10 10
3 OPTSENS 51 SWVDD33V 21

OUT
SWVDD33V CN5201

JA951
4 OPTOUT 50 20

DIGITAL
NC
CWN4088

49 19
1
2

G 1/2

CN5001
48 NC 18
47 NC 17
1 1 RED
46 REM 16
2 2 GREEN
45 NC 15 VCOM
3 3 BLUE 1

C
44 GNDP 14 VCOM
4 4 SWVDD33 2
43 GNDP 13 NC
5 5 ILMB 3
42 MFLPW 12 VGL
4.1 OVERALL CONNECTION DIAGRAM

6 6 KEY1 4
41 NC 11 NC
7 7 REM PWRVI 5
40 10 STV1
8 8 RESET PWRVI 6
39 9 U/D
9 9 ILMA NC 7
38 8 CPV

CN3001
CN851
10 10 ROT1 8

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
PWRFL
37 7 OE
11 11 KEY2 PWRFL 9
G 2/2 MONITOR PCB(OSD)

36 6 STV2
12 12 ROT2 10
35 PWRFL 5 GND
13 13 ILMGND 11
34 NC 4 NC

3
3

14 14 DGND 12
M_SRX
MONITOR PCB(MONITOR)

KEYBOARD UNIT
33 VGH
15 15 DSENS 13
32 S_MTX 2 NC
MONRST 14
31 1 STH2
GNDD 15
30 VDD1
GNDD 16
29 VDD1
AUXV CN441 GNDD 17

A
1 28 NC
VGND GNDFL 18
2 27 GND
AUXR GNDFL 19
3 26 CPH
AGND GNDFL 20
4 25 GND

CN852
AUXL GND 21
5 24 GND

MINIJACK
NC 22
23 NC
NC 23
22 VDD2
NC 24
CN5002

21 VDD2
BUP 25
PNLYV 1

PNLADY 4
PNLADX 3
PNLXV 2

20 1 VDD2
1 AGND BUP 26
19 2 NC
2 FL 27
BUP 3
DVD AMP UNIT
18 L/R
3 AGND 28

A 1/3 DVD AMP UNIT(AMP)


17 NC 4 LOAD
4 RL GND 29
CWX3264

16 5 DC5
5 FR GND 30
15 6 DC4

A 2/3 DVD AMP UNIT(SYSTEM)

4
AGND
4

6 GND 31
LCD MODULE

14 7 DC3
RR

RCA OUT
7 DGND 32
13 8 DC2
CSX1115
PANEL
TOUCH

8 AGND NC 33
CN5501

12 9 DC1
9 VCRAGND VDD 34
11 10 DC0
10 VCR_L SENSPW 35
11 VCR_R A 3/3 DVD AMP UNIT(POWER SUPPLY) 10 11
36
DB5

CN121
LFTSW
CXC9160

9 12 DB4
12 VCRAGND ANGL0SW 37
CN101

8 13 DB3
13 VCRVGND MTRSEL 38
7 14 DB2
DRAIVE UNIT

14 VCR_V MTR1 39
6 15 DB1

VCR IN
15 B.CAMERA MTR2 40
5 16 DB0
16 BC_VGND MTRPW 41
4 17 DA5
17 VGND MTRS 42

IN
3 18 DA4
18 REARVOUT LIFTPUL 43

REA
2 19 DA3

CAM
11 VCR_R 36

1
LFTSW

60
9 12 DB4
12 VCRAGND ANGL0SW 37

101
8 13 DB3
13 VCRVGND MTRSEL 38
7 14 DB2

UNIT
14 VCR_V MTR1 39
6 15 DB1

VCR IN
15 B.CAMERA MTR2 40
5 16 DB0
16 BC_VGND MTRPW 41
4 17 DA5
17 VGND MTRS 42

IN
3 18 DA4
18 REARVOUT LIFTPUL 43
2 19 DA3
19 NC ANGLEIN 44
1 20 DA2
20 BG 45
DA1
46
DA0

CAMMERA
47

REAR VIEW
V10
48
V9
GND 49
5

5
B
RT2 V8

CN1901
1 1 LOUT GND 50
RT1 V7
2 2 IPODAG IPOD_AG 51
13 V6
3 3 IPODAG IPOD_VG 52
OPTIN 1 12 V5
4 4 ROUT 53
2 11 ACCDET V4
OPTGND 2
5 5 IPODVG ACC_PW 54
1

CN951
10 V3
6 6 ACCDET IPODGND 55

CN1852
9 V2

SIGNAL IN
7 7 VOUT ROUT 56
VD 8 V1
40 1 8 8 ACCPW VOUT 57

IPOD
VD 7 V0
39 2 9 9 IPODGND 58

CN901
JA1901
RXIPOD
VD 6 STH1
38 3 10 10 ACCID 59

REVERSE-GEAR
LOUT
NC GND

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


5
37 4 11 11 IPODTX ACC_ID 60
PGND 4
36 5 12 12 IPODRX TXIPOD
PGND 3
35 6 13 13 FWGND
PGND 2
34 7 14 14 FWPWR

FAN
DGND 1
33 8

REAR
iPod CONNECTOR UNIT
DGND
32 9
DGND

MOTOR
31 10
DGND
30 11 USGND
DGND 5

2
1
29 12 USGND

6
6

D E F
NC 4
28 13 USBDP
VDD5 3
27 14

FANB
USBDM
VDD5 2

USB

CN1251
FANGND
26 15

CN550
USB5V
VDD5 1
25 16
VDD5
24 17
NC
23 18
NC
22 19
JA2

AMUTE
21 20 RDSLOCK 1 1 RDS_DATE
XRES
20 21 2 DGND
IRQPWR NC 2
19 22 3

CN801
RDSCK 3 DO

CN1901
S MS5TX
18 23 4 DI
I

MS5 SRX DSEN 4


17 24 5 RDS_HSLK
RDSHSLK 5
STANBY
16 25 6 RDS_CK
AGND TUNCE2 6
15 26 7 DGND
ROUT RDSDATA 7
14 27 8 ROMVDD33
AGND OSCGND 8
13 28 9 LDET
LOUT DGND 9

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
12 29 10 CK
AGND BEGND 10

CN401
11 30 11 R
VGND TUNCK 11

MS5AVC2 MECHA MODULE


10 31 12

7
7

TUN_R 12 DGND
COMPOSIT
9 32 13 RDS_LOC
VGND TUNDI 13
8 33 14 DSEN
Y TUN_L 14
7 34 15 CE1
VGND TUNDO 15
6 35 16 BEGND
Cb ROMVDD 16
TUNER BOX UNIT

5 36 17 L
VGND TUNSL 17
4 37 18 B.UP
Cr LDET 18
3 38 19 SL
VGND TUNCE 19
2 39 20 OSCGND
B.UP 20

CXK6631
WAKEUP
1 40 21 CE2 JA1
2

1 3
CN171 JA431

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

16
15
14
13
12
11
10
2
3
4
1

FL-
RL-

ILM
FR-
FL+

RR-
RL+

P.B.
FR+
RR+

ACC

GND
B.UP
MUTE
VGND

B.REM
FM/AM ANT

WIRED
WIREDAD
WIREDGND
8

8
POWER SUPPLY
WIRED REMOTE

23
E
A

D
C

F
B
1 2 3 4

4.2 BLOCK DIAGRAM


A DVD AMP UNIT (1/2)
A
CN801
1 VD
I VD8
3
P801
14 VDD5
I VD5
17
LOUT MS_L 7
29 IN1

SYS+B Q801
AMUTE AMUTE Q802 BUSL+ 3
20 IN4
BUSL- 4
XRES XRES IN4
D CN1901 21
IRQPWR IRQPW
LOUT 6
IN2
22
TUN_L 5
S→MS5TX S_MSTX B IN5
23
24
MS5→SRX MS_SRX TO 2/2
STANBY STANDBY
25
WAKEUP WAKEUP AMUTE
40
XRES
COMPOSIT
32 AV SELECTOR IRQPW
B IC301
BGSENS AN15887A S-MSTX
CN121(1/2) Q141
MS_V 37 MS-SRX
REVERSE GEAR 20
BG BGSENS V1-1
STANDBY
SIGNAL IN
VCR_L VCR_L 8 28 WAKEUP
10 L2-1 LOUT1
BGSENS
VCR IN VCR_V VCR_V 39
14 V2-1

REAR VIEW 15
B.CAMERA BC_V 47
V6-1 XIN
2
CAMMERA IN 7
I2C_SCL
IPOD CP 11
IC550 CP-READY
RCA OUT 18 REARVOUT R_VOUT 32
VOUT2 341S2304 I2C_SDA 15
38
CN852 nRESET
AUXV AUX_V 45
MINI 1 V5-1
JACK AUXL AUX_L 23 35
5 L5-1 SDA
36
SCL
CN901
C VOUT IPOD_V 43 34
7 V4-1 VOUT1
LOUT IPOD_L 19 33
1 L4-1 FB1
USB_L 15
L3-1

ACCDET PSENSG 1
6
Q903(1/2) 1
ACCPW PSENS
8 1

B CN1901 Q903(2/2)
ACCID PID
10

IC701
TC7WH08FU
IPODTX 3 5 TXIPOD
11

IPODRX 1 7 RXIPOD
12
D USB CONTROL
FMPWR
FMPW
IC501
14 PE5661A
IP-BUS DRIVER
IC751
JA751 HA12241FP 55
BUS+ 6 1 TXIE LOUT
1 BUS+ DIN1
BUS- 5 2 RXIE 21 4
5 BUS- ROUT BSI
1 22 5
USBXTAL1 BSO
Q751 X502 23 5
ABO BSCK
8 BUP 48.000 26 5
IP-BUS MHz
2 BRXEN
INPUT USBXTAL2 27 5
BSRQ
ASENBO
46 4
52 STBY
XTAL2

BUSL+ X501
7
50
BUSL- XTAL1
11

16
CN550 RESET
E 2
USBDM 4
DM
USBDP 5
3 DP
USB5V
USB IC551
R5523N001B
4 1 USBCNT USBCNT
ACC5 VIN EN
USB5V 5 3 USBFLG USBFLG
1 VOUT FLG

CN601
DCK A
2
FLMD0
5
DMS
B TO 2/2
6
DRST C
7
FLASH WRITE DDI
CONNECTOR 8
DDO
9
RESET RESET
4
3.3V
10 VDD33
11
F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
24
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

A
CN121(2/2)
10 RCA_FL RCA MUTE FL
Front_L 2

11 Q101(1/2)
MS_L 7
IN1_L
Rear_L RCA OUT
E.VOL CAPTAIN6
IC201 Pre/SW_L
12 RCA_RL RL
4
BUSL+ 3 PML018A
IN4+_L
BUSL- 4 19 EVSDT
IN4-_L DATA Q101(2/2)
LOUT 6 20 EVSCK
IN2_L CLK Q152
TUN_L 5
IN5+_L 21 EVSTB BUP
STB

AMUTE 66 105 EVSDT


AMUTE EVSDA
XRES 63
AMP
XRESET EVSCK
106 EVSCK IC151
IRQPW 64 PAL007C
IRQPW
EVSEL
107 EVSTB
PA_FL 12 CN171 B
S-MSTX 61 FLIN
TXMS5
MS-SRX 62 5 FL+
PA_RL 14 FL+ 3
RXMS5 RLIN
STANDBY 21 Q153 3 FL-
STNDBY 4 FL- 1
WAKEUP 76 SYS+B STBY
WAKEUP2 21 RL+
RL+ 4
BGSENS 47
BGSENS 117 23 RL-
AMPPW RL- 2

AMPMUTE
2 38 Q154 25 B.REM 12
XIN CPCLK (1/2) B.REMOTE
80 22
7 36 SYSMUTE MUTE
C_SCL PCK
11 3
READY PRDY
OFFMUTE
C_SDA 15 35 Q155 Q154
PDT
(2/2)
38 4 BUP
RESET PRST
ASENS
Q172(1/2)
22
AVSDATA 74 ACC 11 POWER
ASENS
23 CONNECTOR
AVSCK
BSENS BUP
Q172(2/2)
C
75 B.UP
BSENS 15

PBSENS
Q171(1/2)
46 P.B.
PBSENS 9

115 ISENS
PSENSG
Q173
116
PSENS 143 ILM
ISENS 13
132
PID
60
TXIPOD
TELMUTE
Q171(2/2)
59
RXIPOD 82 MUTE
31 TELMUTEIN 14
TXIE
32
RXIE
30
ASENBO CN441(1/2)
29 MONRST
MONIRST 31
25 S-MTX
TXMON 32
26 M-SRX
RXMON 33 D
MFLPW MFLPW
TO 2/2 C 42
50
SYSTEM uCON SWVDD33 I
IC601(1/2) 52 G CN5001
PE5673A PWRVI 39
.
PWVI
40
49 PWRFL 35
BSI MONITOR VBS BUFFER PWFL I
Q351 Q352 37
50
BSO MONVBS
51 58
BSCK
54 REM
BRXEN 46
53
BSRQ
48 DAC CN851
BRST IC1551 REM
M62343FP 7
Q1551
118 8 1 RED
LEDCS LD A01 1

Q1552
120 7 2 GREEN
LEDCK CLK A02 2
E
Q1553
119 6 3 BLUE
LEDDT DI A03 3

139 KEY1
KEYIN1 6
USBCNT 94
USBCNT
KEYIN2
138 KEY2
11
C CN3001
USBFLG 95
USBFLG 137 ROT1
ROTIN1 10
41 136 ROT2
DCK ROTIN2 12
8 135 DSENS
FLMD0 DSENS 15
42
DMS DSENS
20 TO 2/2 A
DRST
39 RESET
DDI SWVDD33 4
40 14 1 IC602 2
DDO RESET VDD33
S-80827CNNB-B8M ILMB 5

T RESET RESET
8

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
25
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

A DVD AMP UNIT (2/2)


A
Q951
CN951 5
1
4
OPTIN 2
D CN1852 1
IC951
TC7SET08FUS1
FAN
BUP
111 P125
CLCNT1 Q1251
112 |
CLCNT2 Q1254
SYSPW
JA431
2
SWBUP
3 WIRED 140 P1151
WIRED Q1151
WIRED 141
BUP Q1152 SWB
REMOTE 4 WIREDAD
WIREDAD
1 GND 6 SYSPW
SYSPW

SYS8.4V
B IC1101
BA00CC0WFP
SYSTEM uCON BUP
2
VCC VOUT
4
SYS
IC601(2/2) CTL
PE5673A SYSPW 1

HIOUT 12V
IC1202
LT3461AES6
Q1201 6 5
BUP VIN VOUT EV1
CN401 Q1202 SHDN
DSEN DSENS SYSPW 4
4 A TO 1/2
TUN_L PWVI
14 B TO 1/2 P1051
TUNCE2 114 PWVI
6 TUNPCE2
19
TUNCE 113
TUNPCE
PWFL
P1071
TUNDI 69 Q1071
13 TUNPDO BUP Q1072 PWFL
I JA2 15
TUNDO 68
TUNPDI MFLPW
TUNCK 70 C
11 TUNPCK
C TUNSL 144
TO 1/2
17 TUNSL Q1002 Q1001
VDD33V
P402 VDD
ROM_VDD
16 VDD33
B.UP 2 IC1001 3
20 SWBUP
S-812C33AUA-C2N Q1031
Q1032
ACCPW

DC/DC CONVERTER USB33


2 IC1031
IC1401 5.4V REGULATOR
S-1206B41-U3
AN8011S
P1403 9 7 Q1402 P1401
BUP VCC OUT2 Q1404 ACC

7 ACCPW 3
ON/OFF
8V REGULATOR
ACCPW 5.4V
Q1401 P1402
2 10 Q1403
RT OUT1 8V

Q1405
D 55 VD5
DDCCTL
VR1401 5.4V
Q1701 VD5
65 VDCNT Q1702
VDCONT

VD8
8V VD8
56 Q1501
BZ601 BEEP VDCNT Q1502
BUZZER

ILMB
Q1522
8V ILMB

13 78
X2 ILM_ON
X601
4.718592MHz ACC33V
12
X1 IC1601
BA00BC0WFP
1
ACC5 VC 4
2 VDD ACC
E VIN
SWVDD33V
SWV
Q1621
37 Q1622
SWVDD

FIREWIRE PW
BUP Q1303 FWPW
| ACC5
133
PPOWER Q1305
ACC33
131
VDSENS BUP
129
ANGLE
17
LFTPULS
124
MTRS
122
MTRPW
IC441
TC74VHCT08AFTS1
126 2 3
MTR2 1B 1Y
125 12 11
A MTR1 4A 4Y
123 9 8
F MTRSEL 3A 3Y
B TO 1/2 127
DEGOSW
C 24
LEFSW

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
26
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

A
JA951
2
OPTSENS 3
OPTOUT 4 DIGITAL OUT
OPTG 1

REAR
CN1251 FAN
P1251 FANB
2
1

SWBUP

SYS+B

EV12

C
VDD33

USB33

USB33
2 IC1031 3
S-1206B41-U3

ACC5

5.4V

8V

VD5

VD8

ACC33
E
SWVDD33

CN441(2/2)
P442 SENPW
ACC5 10
P441 VDD
ACC33 11
P443 18
BUP I
20
ANGLEIN
1
LIFTPUL
2
MTRS
3
MTRPW
4 J CN101

MTR2
5
MTR1
6
MTRSEL
7 F
ANGLOSW
8
LETSW
9

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
27
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

D DVD CORE UNIT


NRES
A
VIDEO+AUDIO AUDIO
IC1501
MN2DS0016AAUB P
101 174 SRCK 1
NRST SRCK
LATCH ADOUT3
175 ADOUT3 2
IC1352 LRCK
173 LRCK 3
TC74LCX16373FT 91 SDODAC 13
SDODAC
90 SCKDAC 14
A0-15 AD0-15 AD0-15 SCKDAC
74 LTDAC 15
LTDAC
172 DACCLK DACCLK 16
DACCK
A16-19
48
1LE 1 XCSSR 77
25 4 XCSSR
2LE 2 XCSFM 51
NEXCE
IC1351
FLASH 16M TC7SZ08FU
A0-15 AD0-15
IC1401 OSCO
169
CWW1763 X1501
B
A16-19
170
OSCI
26 XCSSR
CE
11 XWR1 62
WE NEXWE

152 (CR) CR
Cr
IC1402 153 (CB) CB
Cb
CWW1764 Y
154 (Y) Y
26 XCSFM 161 (COMPOSIT) COMPOSIT
CE Comp
IC1403 78 STANBY
STANDBY
TC7SZ32FU 1 SLVSTS
79 STSCOMN
11 XWR2 4 80 CMDCOMN
WE 2 HOSTCMD
89
IRQPWR
NRES 12 28 XRD 50 87
RESET OE NEXOE AMUTE
147
DSCSNS
144
PHOTOSNS
179
IECOUT

SDRAM CONT2
85
C IC1481 84
CONT1
EDS1232AATA-75-E 95
DRV3
96
MA0-11 DRV2
97
MD
93 LDIN
LOADIN
MDQ0-31 FG
99
150
FD
149
DQM0-3 TD

22 8
BA0 BA0
23 10
BA1 BA1
17 XWE 3
WE NWE 94
18 XCAS 4 CLAMP
CAS NCAS
19 XRAS 5
RAS NRAS
20 XCSM 6
CS NCSM
68 MCK 234 98
CLK MCK HOME
232 145
MCKI TEMP
122 B
VOLTAGE DETECT VIN2RF
142
IC1003 VIN2
123 A
D S-80859CNNB-B9K VIN1RF
143
2 1 VSENS 88 VIN1
VD8 VDD OUT VSENCE 121 C
CN1951 VIN3RF
140
VIN3
PR_A20 92 120 D
11 P0 VIN4RF
EXTRG1_SPD_SW 189 141
10 EXTRG1 VIN4
SCLOCK 192 136 FE1
9 SCLOCK VIN5
SDATA 191 137 FE2
8 SDATA VIN6
EXTRG0 190 130
7 EXTRG0 CDMPD
TRCCLK 188 128
DEBUG

6 TRCCLK DVDMPD
TRCD0 187 116 RF
5 TRCDATA0 RFINN
TRCD1 186 134
4 TRCDATA1 F+H_G+H
TRCD2 185 135
3 TRCDATA2 E+G_E+F
TRCD3 184 131
2 TRCDATA3 LPCO2
TRCST 183 129
1 TRCST LPCO1
12
| VCC33
13

E
VDD5

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
28
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

A
AUDIO 2CH ANALOG OUT
IC1801 CN1901
PCM1753DBQ NRES XRESET
21
SRCK 1 7 LOUT ANALOG LOUT
BCK VOUTL 29
ADOUT3 2 CR
DATA 38
LRCK 3 CB
LRCK 36
SDODAC 13 Y
MD 34
SCKDAC 14 COMPOSIT
MC 32
LTDAC 15 STANBY
ML 25
DACCLK 16 STSCOMN SLVSTS
SCK 24
CMDCOMN HSTCMD
23
IRQPWR
22 A CN801
AMUTE
20
VCC5 REG.
IC1004 FU1901 VD5 14
VDD5 |
NJM2880U1-05 17
5 VD8
4 VIN 3
VCC5 VOUT 1
CONT 2
VD8 |
1 B
AVCC5 REG.
IC1005
WAKE UP
40 E COMPOUND UNIT(A)
S-L2980A50MC-C7J DISC DET
1 IC1301 CN1301
5 VIN S1203 S1204
AVCC5 VOUT 3 TC7SZ125FU DiscDetect 4 DISC SENS
ON/OFF 3
1 S1202
DSCSNS 4 2
S1201
8cm 3 8cm
2
8cm 2 12cm
4 S1205
12cm 5 8cm
5
PHOTOSNS Photo 6 Q1299
1

CN1852
IECOUT
1 A CN951

CLAMP1 S1206
TP1 CLAMP
MOTOR DRIVER
IC1201
BD7996EFV CN1201
CONT2 20 18 B-
CTL2 SLO2- 1
CONT1
DRV3
21
25
CTL1
SLIN2
SLO1-
SLO2+
16
17
A-
B+
2
3
F COMPOUND UNIT(B)
DRV2 26 15 A+
SLIN1 SLO1+ 4
MD 29 42 COILV COIL_V
SPIN V 5
10
LDIN 6
13 39 COILW COIL_W
FG W 7
FD 51
ACTIN1 8
TD 50 44 COILU COIL_U
ACTIN2 U 9
10
36 HBM HALL_BIAS-
HB 11
30 HWM HALL_W-
HW- 12
31 HWP HALL_W+
HW+ 13 D
32 HVM HALL_V-
HV- 14
33 HVP HALL_V+
HV+ 15
34 HUM HALL_U-
HU- 16
35 HUP HALL_U+
HU+ 17
HALL_BIAS+
VDD5 18
HOME SWITCH
20
2 FOM
ACO1-
1 FOP
ACO1+ CN1101
3 TOM
ACO2+
4 TOP FOM F-
ACO2- 1
FOP F+
2
TOM T-
3
TOP T+
4
TEMP TH
5
B
7
A
8
3.3V REG. C
9
IC1007 D
10
NJM2885DL1-33 FE1
11 E
1 3 FE2
VDD5 IN OUT VCC33 12
CDMPD 78MD
14
1.2V REG. DVDMPD 65MD
15 PU (DP8)
IC1008 RF
17
R1232D121B F+H_G+H F+H/G+H
21
2 E+G_E+F E+G/E+F
VIN 8 22
LX VCC12
3
VDD Q1102 Q1104
LPCO2 LD(CD)
24

Q1101 Q1103
LPCO1 LD(DVD)
25

VREF 19
VCC
VCC5 20

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
29
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

G MONITOR PCB
A
PICTURE SPLIT IC
IC5401
TC90A96BFGSING
CN5001
28
MONVBS 4 IC5301 1 66 Sub_C. 143-148
NJM2505AF Video_IN1 R[2-7]_D-Out
MONITOR uCON
IC5603 153-158
PE5674A G[2-7]_D-Out
S-MTX 36 23 104
8 DPDT1 PIPCK Bus_Clock_IN 166-171
22 105 B[2-7]_D-Out
M-SRX 35 PIPDA Bus_Data_IN
9 KYDT1
21 107 139
REM 48 PIPRST Reset_IN STH
19 REM
OSD IC 138
IC5802 Load
PDC169B CPH
137
MFLPW 85
15 MFLPW 2 91
A CN441 OSCin

9 92
OSD_Clock_Out OE
136
135
VSYNC OSD_V.Sync_Out CPV
10
B I PWRFL HSYNC
11 93
OSD_C/H.Sync_Out STV
134
12
13 88
. PWRVI Main_RGB_Sync_IN1-2
IC5502
14
30 101 TC7SET04FUS1
21 BLK OSD_Blank_High_IN
I SWVDD33 Q5801 133 2 4
23 52 5 Vcom
OSDSCL SCLK 34 OSDR 78
SWD33 ROUT R_IN.2
51 6 Q5802(1/2)
OSDDATA SIN
35 OSDG 79 53 X5401
62 7 GOUT G_IN.2 X'tal_OUT
OSDCS CS Q5802(2/2) 42MHz
36 OSDB 80
MONRST 14 63 15 BOUT B_IN.2
7 RESET OSDRES RST 52
X'tal_IN
OSD ROM
IC5801 Q5401
PEH172A 60
EEPROM DAC_Out
IC5604 A[0-17]
S-93C56BD0I-J8 56
PLL_IN
43 4
EPRDI DO
D[0-11]
44 3
EPRDO DI
57
47 2 28
EPRCK SK OE OE
58 26
45 1 CE CE
EPRCS CS
CN5002
C PNLADY 89
4 PNLADY

VCOM AMP
PNLADX 90
3 PNLADX IC5501
M62343FP 2 -
1
Q5703 83 18 6 2 3 +
(1/2) PNLVD DACDI DI A02
Q5703 IC5503 IC5507
(2/2) 19 7 NJM2100V 4
81 DACCLK CLK 1 5 NJM082B
TOUCH PNLYV A01
6
+ 7 1 2 5
+ 7
17 8 3 INVBST -
PANEL DACLD LD A03
6
-
92
TOUCHAD
IC5505
1
PNLYV TC7S66FU
SWVDD33
Q5702
(1/2)

Q5702 28
DIMMER
(2/2)
38
PNLXV INVPUL
2 SWVDD33
Q5701
(1/2)
82
PNLXV
Q5701 Q5608
(2/2) SWVDD33 OSD33V
D
61
OSDPW Q5607

13
XOUT
X5601
5MHz
12
XIN
PWRVI
D/D CONVERTER
IC5103
BD6171KV 8V REGULATOR
Q5103
11 4
PVCC1 S 1,2,5,6
6 7 3 D
PVCC2 OUT2 G
TH5601 41 4
TEMP. SENSOR PVCC VS2
42 23
VCC PVCC3
100 48
TEMPSEN PVCC4
3.3V REGULATOR
37 Q5102
PVCC5
4 S
1,2,5,6
10 3 D
E OUT1
13
G
VS1
22
OUT3
30 43
DDCON_SEL FIN
47
OUT4

80 32 38
MVIPW EN1 OUT5
CHARGE PUMP
REGULATOR

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
30
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

LCD PANEL
A

CN5501
143-148 30
ut DC[0-5] |
35
153-158 36
ut DB[0-5] |
41
166-171 42 LCD
ut DA[0-5] |
47
139 STH1
TH 59
138 LOAD
ad 29
137 CPH
PH 20
136 OE
OE 9
135 CPV
PV 8

TV
134 STV1
6 B
DRIVER
IC5502 IC5504 IC5506 LADDER NETWORK
TC7SET04FUS1 TC7SET04FUS1 TC74VHC04FTS1
133 2 4 2 4 1,3,5 2,4,6
m 48
V[0-10] |
9,11,13 8,10,12 58
53 X5401
UT
42MHz
VCOM
1
52
IN VCOM
2
Q5401
VGL
60 VCCM12V 4
ut
VGH
56 VCC18V 13
IN
VDD1 16.
VCC3.3V
17
L/R
28
VDD2 24
VCC5V I
26
C

MP

LCD BACKLIGHT
IC5507
NJM082BV VCOM DRIVE
3
5 + 1 Q5501
+ 7 2 Q5502
6 -
-

H INVERTER PCB

2
CN5201

FL1

FL2
LCD DRIVE
IC5204
VCC8V
5V REGULATOR OZ961ISN
CN5004 CN5602
1 IC5201 3 5
VDDA
TA78L05F Q5207 T5201
14 19
DIM PDRV_A
V33IO 8 8 PWRFL 15 4,5 6
PWRFL I I LCT
10 10 Q5202 Q5203 20
V33 NDRV_B
3
VCC3.3V ENA
E
V33D Q5208
7 12
Q5204 V2500 PDRV_C
VCC5V 2,3 7
DIMMER DIMDTY DIMDTY
2 2 11
VCC18V NDRV_D

VCCM12V
VR5201
2.5V REGULATOR 9 17
RGE PUMP FB RT
GULATOR IC5203
TC7SET08FUS1
5 IC5102 1 INVPUL INVPUL 1,2 4 18 2
VIN
S-1132B25-U5 VOUT V25
3 3 CT OVP
ON/OFF V25P
4
V25AM

1.5V REGULATOR V25AS

5 IC5101 1
V15
VIN
S-1132B15-U5 VOUT INVBST
1 1
INVBST
ON/OFF V15M
4
V15D Q5201

Q5206
F
Q5205

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
31
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

A C KEYBOARD UNIT
CN3001
ILMB
5
D3024

RED Q3021(1/2)
1

GREEN Q3022(1/2)
2

BLUE Q3023(1/2)
3
D3025

Q3021(2/2)

Q3022(2/2)

B Q3023(2/2)

REMOTE CONTROL
SENSOR
SWVDD33 3
4 IC3011
A CN851
7
REM 1 GP1UX31RK
S3006
EJECT
KEY1
6
S3003
SOURCE S3007
OPEN/CLOSE
KEY2
11
S3004
REVERSE S3008
EQ

S3002
ATT&VOLUME S3005
FORWARD
ROT1 1 4
10
3

5
ROT2 2
C 12
S3001
RESET
RESET
8

DSENS
15

B iPod CONNECTOR UNIT


JA1901 CN1901
ACC_ID ACC_ID
4 10
TXIPOD TXIPOD
3 11
RXIPOD RXIPOD
6 12
ACC_PW ACC_PW
10 8
D iPod
11
ACCDET ACCDET
6
A CN901
VOUT VOUT
7 7
LOUT LOUT
5 1
FMPWR FMPWR
2 14

I TUNER BOX UNIT


JA1
FM/AM 1
ANTENNA
2,3

JA2
AM_ANT DSEN
1 14
FM_ANT Q2
3
Lch L
E 23 17
SL SL
5 19
CE2 CE2
6 21
CE1 CE1
FM/AM TUNER UNIT

8 15
CK CK
9 10
DI DI
10 4
IC5
U1

TC7WH08FU
DO 1 7 DO
A CN401
14 3

TUN+B TUN+B
VCC 2 IC3 1 B.UP
4 18
NJM2388F84
TUN33V TUN3.3V
VDD_3.3 3 IC1 1
17
NJM2391DL1-33
ROM_VDD ROMVDD33
13 8
F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
32
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

5. DIAGNOSIS
5.1 OPERATIONAL FLOWCHART
A

Power ON

Vdd = 3.3 V
Pin 9

BSENS B
Pin 75

ASENS
Pin 74

ACCPW H
Pin 7
C

Starts
communication
with Display
microcomputer.
500 ms

SWVDD H
Pin 37
300 ms

Source keys In case of the above signal, the communication


operative with Grille microcomputer may fail. D
If the time interval is not 500/300 msec, the oscillator
may be defective.

Source ON or
Back Camera ON

SYSPW H
Pin 6

E
Completes power-on operation.
(After that, proceed to each source operation)

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
33
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

5.2 INSPECTION METHOD OF PICKUP UNIT

Disc to be used
A
CD-DA: TCD-782
DVD-Video: GGV1025

Execution method
START Replace the PICK UP

LD turned on? Check parts SKEW ADJ.


B
No
Yes
Check point:
Check point: RF level check
LD current check AS MAX check
LD current check

Is it OK? Replace the PICK UP Is it OK?


No No
Yes Check point: Yes
Error rate check
Error rate check

Is it OK?
No
Check point:
RF level check Yes
AS MAX check

PICK UP Perform lens


Is it OK?
cleaned? cleaning
No No
Yes Yes

D Replace the PICK UP


Check point:
Error rate check
Error rate check

PICK UP Perform lens


Is it OK?
cleaned? cleaning
No No
Yes Yes

Replace the PICK UP

E
Ckeck parts
Finished
other than PICK UP

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
34
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

LD current check
Status: [Foucs closed] of TEST MODE
Mode: DVD A

No. Disc Check Point Threshold Remarks: LD current


1 GGV1025 DVDLD1 – VCC5_3 (mV) 10 – 65 (mA)

B
DVDLD1

VCC5_3

Status: [Foucs closed] of TEST MODE


Mode: CD

No. Disc Check Point Threshold Remarks: LD current


2 TCD-782 CDLD1 – VCC5_3 (mV) 10 – 60(mA)

CDLD1

VCC5_3
E

Notes: Please pay attention to the laser diode damage by static electricity.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
35
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

ASMAX check
ASMAX value shows the value of RF level.
A Status: [Foucs closed] of TEST MODE

No. Disc Check Point Threshold Remarks:


8 digits value of Only four last digits are
more than
1 GGV1025 ASMAX displayed according to
on display 0000 0600 the product.
8 digits value of Only four last digits is
more than
2 TCD-782 ASMAX displayed according to
on display 0000 0C00 the product.

In this case, the value is displayed for a split second.


When you tried to perform [FOCS CLOSE],
the display will charge automatically in the following order.
[1FFF0000]->[FEMAX]->[FE MIN]->[AS MAX]->
[ENV MAX]->[FE normal]->[Spindle gain]->
C [TEMAX]->[TEMIN] ->[20000000]
Watch carefully the value of ASMAX.

Error rate check


Status: [Tracking Closed] of TEST MODE

No. Disc Check Point Threshold Remarks:


less than
1 GGV1025 ID: 40000
1.000E-03
less than
D 2 GGV1025 ID: 200000
1.000E-03
less than
3 TCD-782 ID: HOME Position
2.500E-03

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
36
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

5.3 DIAGNOSIS FLOWCHART

BACK END section flow A

START

Is VDD5
Can the NO Standby OK? NO (VCC33, VCC12)
power supply
playback Execute check 1. voltage OK?
start? Execute NO
check 2.

YES YES YES

Does the NO Is the image NO NO Reset OK? B


operation Is the sound
in error? in error? Execute check 3.
NO take time?

YES YES YES YES

Is the life of flash Is AVCC5 Is AVCC5


NO NO NO Is SDRAM NO Is VSENS
memory OK? voltage OK? voltage OK? IF OK? OK?
Conduct check item 12. Execute check 8. Execute check 8. Execute check 6. Execute check 4.
NO
YES
YES YES YES YES

NO Is the video Is DACCLK Is VD8, VCC5 Is 27 MHz


NO NO power supply NO OK?
circuit OK? normal?
Execute check 11. Execute check 9. voltage OK? Execute check 5.
Execute check 7. C

YES YES YES


YES

Is the audio Go to FE
NO section check. Replace the unit.
circuit OK?
Execute check 10.

YES

Go to FE
section check.

Repair the
defective part.

Go to FE
section check.
NO
Normal?

YES FE section check.

END

NO Go to FE related
Is FE section E
normal? repair process.

YES
Replace the unit.

NO
Normal?

YES

END F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
37
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Check 1: Standby OK?


A
<Check> Check the voltage at the “STANBY” test point while the power is on.
Use the “DGND1” test point at the reference.

NO. Check point Module No. Specification value Unit


1 STANBY-DGND1 ALL VCC33 V- V
0.6 V or more

B
Side A

C DGND1

STANBY

Fig 1.1: STANBY check point

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
38
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Check 2: Is VDD5 (VCC33, VCC12) power supply voltage OK?


A

VDD5 IC1401 FLASH power supply (Data)


F.E. driver control system
IC1402 FLASH power supply (Program)
IC1481 SDRAM power supply
VCC33 (= 3.3 V ) IC1501 DVD-LSI power supply
IC1007
VDD5
3.3 V output regulator
IC1008 VCC12 (= 1.2 V ) IC1501 DVD-LSI power supply
DC/DC converter
1.2 V output

Fig 2.1: Power supply configuration B

<Check> Check the voltage at the “VDD5_3, VCC33_3 and VCC12_1” test point while the power is on.
Use the “DGND1” test point at the reference.

NO. Check point Module No. Specification value Unit


1 VDD5_3 - DGND1 ALL 5.0 ± 0.4 V
2 VCC33_3 - DGND1 ALL 3.3 ± 0.15 V
3 VCC12_1 - DGND1 ALL 1.2 ± 0.12 V

Side A
C

VDD5_3

VCC33
DGND1
D

VCC12_1

Fig 2.2: VDD5, VCC33, VCC12 voltage check points

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
39
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Check 3: Reset OK?


A

<Check> Check the voltage at the “XRES” test point while the power is on.
Use the “DGND1” test point at the reference.

NO. Check point Module No. Specification value Unit


1 XRES-DGND1 ALL VCC33 × V
0.7 or more

Side A

DGND1
XRES

D Fig 3.1: RESET check point

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
40
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Check 4: Is VSENS OK?


CN1901 A
HOST I/F
IC1501
VD8 IC1003 VSENS DVD-LSI
detection IC

IC1007
VCC33
VDD5 Regulator

IC1008
DC/DC converter VCC12
B
STANBY
XRES

Fig 4.1: Power supply configuration and VSENS

<Check> Check the voltage at the “VSENS” test point while the power is on.
Use the “DGND1” test point at the reference.

NO. Check point Module No. Specification value Unit


1 VSENS - DGND1 ALL VCC33 × 0.7 V
or more
C

Side A

DGND1
VSENS

Fig 4.2: VSENS check point

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
41
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Check 5: 27 MHz Normal?


A <Outline> Each clock is created inside the IC1501 using the 27 MHz master crystal oscillator (X1501).

IC1501

DVD-LSI
X1501 OSCO
27 MHz
crystal OSCI

VCC33 VCC12
Fig 5.1: Clock configuration

<Check method> Turn the power on, and check with DGND being the reference.
In case of NG, check the applicable line, periphery of IC1501,
soldering of the peripheral components and defective components.

NO. Check point Module No. Specification value Unit


27 MHz
C 2 IC1501 169pin ALL
± 50 ppm ppm

Specification
value

GND
Fig 5.2: Clock specification value

D Side A

E DGND1

IC1501 169pin

Fig 5.3: 27 MHz check point

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
42
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Check 6: Is SDRAM I/F OK?


A
<Outline> In order to secure the MPEG stream data as the buffer,
the capacity of communication I/F SDRAM between the LSI and the memory is 128Mbit.
Be careful as XCSM, XWE, XCAS, XRAS and XSCM of IC1481 are called differently in IC1501,
namely NCSM, NWE, NCAS, NRAS, NCSM.

IC MA0~11 IC1501
1481 MDQ0~31 DVD-LSI
SDRAM MCK
XWE (NWE)
XCAS (NCAS)
XRAS (NRAS)
B
XCSM (NCSM)
DQM0
DQM1
DQM2
DQM3
BA0
BA1

Fig 6.1: SDRAM I/F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
43
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

<Check> Check the conductivity at “check point 1” and “check point 2” without power.
In case of NG, check the soldering and defective components throughout the
“output t input” of the applicable section.
A

NO. Signal name Check point 1 Check point 2 Specification value


1 MA0 IC1481 25pin IC1501 16pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
2 MA1 IC1481 26pin IC1501 18pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
3 MA2 IC1481 27pin IC1501 20pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
4 MA3 IC1481 60pin IC1501 22pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
5 MA4 IC1481 61pin IC1501 21pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
6 MA5 IC1481 62pin IC1501 19pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
7 MA6 IC1481 63pin IC1501 17pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
8 MA7 IC1481 64pin IC1501 15pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
B 9 MA8 IC1481 65pin IC1501 11pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
10 MA9 IC1481 66pin IC1501 9pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
11 MA10 IC1481 24pin IC1501 14pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
12 MA11 IC1481 21pin IC1501 7pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
13 MDQ0 IC1481 2pin IC1501 237pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
14 MDQ1 IC1481 4pin IC1501 239pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
15 MDQ2 IC1481 5pin IC1501 241pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
16 MDQ3 IC1481 7pin IC1501 243pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
17 MDQ4 IC1481 8pin IC1501 248pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
18 MDQ5 IC1481 10pin IC1501 250pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
19 MDQ6 IC1481 11pin IC1501 252pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
20 MDQ7 IC1481 13pin IC1501 254pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
C 21 MDQ8 IC1481 74pin IC1501 253pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
22 MDQ9 IC1481 76pin IC1501 251pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
23 MDQ10 IC1481 77pin IC1501 249pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
24 MDQ11 IC1481 79pin IC1501 244pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
25 MDQ12 IC1481 80pin IC1501 242pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
26 MDQ13 IC1481 82pin IC1501 240pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
27 MDQ14 IC1481 83pin IC1501 238pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
28 MDQ15 IC1481 85pin IC1501 236pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
29 MDQ16 IC1481 31pin IC1501 29pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
30 MDQ17 IC1481 33pin IC1501 31pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
31 MDQ18 IC1481 34pin IC1501 33pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
32 MDQ19 IC1481 36pin IC1501 37pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
D
33 MDQ20 IC1481 37pin IC1501 39pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
34 MDQ21 IC1481 39pin IC1501 41pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
35 MDQ22 IC1481 40pin IC1501 43pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
36 MDQ23 IC1481 42pin IC1501 45pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
37 MDQ24 IC1481 45pin IC1501 44pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
38 MDQ25 IC1481 47pin IC1501 42pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
39 MDQ26 IC1481 48pin IC1501 40pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
40 MDQ27 IC1481 50pin IC1501 38pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
41 MDQ28 IC1481 51pin IC1501 34pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
42 MDQ29 IC1481 53pin IC1501 32pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
43 MDQ30 IC1481 54pin IC1501 30pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
E 44 MDQ31 IC1481 56pin IC1501 28pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
45 MCK IC1481 68pin IC1501 234pin 0.17 ohm or lower
46 XWE IC1481 17pin IC1501 3pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
47 XCAS IC1481 18pin IC1501 4pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
48 XRAS IC1481 19pin IC1501 5pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
49 XCSM IC1481 20pin IC1501 6pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
50 DQM0 IC1481 16pin IC1501 255pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
51 DQM1 IC1481 71pin IC1501 256pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
52 DQM2 IC1481 28pin IC1501 26pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
53 DQM3 IC1481 59pin IC1501 27pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
54 BA0 IC1481 22pin IC1501 8pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
55 BA1 IC1481 23pin IC1501 10pin 56 ohm ± 5 %
F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
44
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Side B

Check point 1 (IC1481)


C
Side A

Check point 2 (IC1501) Fig 6.2: SDRAM I/F check point

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
45
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Check 7: Is VD8, VCC5 power supply voltage OK?


A

VD8_1 F.E. driver system


DISC detection LED

VD IC1004 VCC5 (= 5.0V ) Power supply


REG IC for PU
for VCC 5V.

Fig 7.1: Power supply configuration

B
<Check> Check the voltage at the “VD8_1, VD and VCC5_1” test point while the power is on.
Use the “PGND3 and AGND1” test point at the reference.

NO. Check point Module No. Specification value Unit


1 VD8_1 - PGND3 ALL 8.0 ± 0.4 V
2 VD - PGND3 ALL 8.0 ± 0.4 V
3 VCC5_1- AGND1 ALL 5.0 ± 0.1 V

Side A

VD8_1
VD
AGND1

PGND3

VCC5_1

E Fig 7.2: VD8, VCC5 voltage check points

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
46
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Check 8: Is AVCC5 voltage OK?


A
IC1005 IC1801
VD AVCC5 (= 5.0 V )
REG IC Audio-DAC
for AVCC 5 V.

Fig 8.1: Power supply configuration

<Check> Playback DVD-REF-A1 TITLE 1 and check the voltage at the stylus.
Check with PGND and GNDAU being the reference.

NO. Check point Module No. Specification value Unit B


1 VD - PGND_3 ALL 8.0 ± 0.4 V
2 AVCC5 - GNDAU1 ALL 5.0 ± 0.1 V

Side A

VD
C

PGND3
GNDAU

AVCC5

Fig 8.2: VD8, AVCC5 voltage check points

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
47
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Check 9: Is DACCLK normal?


<Outline> DACCLK for Audio-DAC is created by IC1501 using the 27 MHz master crystal oscillator (X1501).
A
IC1501

X1501 DVD-LSI IC1801


27 MHz DACCLK Audio-DAC
crystal

VCC33 VCC12
Fig 9.1: Clock configuration
B
<Check method>
DVD: DVD-REF-A1 TITLE 1
CD: Playback a normal CDDA.
Common to all DVD-V compatible modules.
Check with DGND being the reference.
In case of NG, check the applicable line, the periphery of IC1501, soldering of the peripheral components and
defective components.
NO. Check point 1 (stylus) Media Specification value 1 Specification value 2 Specification value 3
1 DACCK DVD 2.0 V~VCC33 V DGND~0.8 V 36.864 0 MHz ± 300 ppm
2 DACCK CD 2.0 V~VCC33 V DGND~0.8 V 33.868 8 MHz ± 300 ppm
C Specification
value 1

Specification
value 2 Specification
value 3

GND

Fig 9.2: Clock specification value


Side A
D

F
Check point 2 (IC1501 172 pin)
Check point 1 (stylus)
Fig 9.3: 27 MHz, DACCLK check point

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
48
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Check 10: Is the audio circuit OK?


<Outline> The serial 3 lines digital output + DACCLK, output from DVD-LSI (IC1501), are converted to analog audio
A
signal at Audio-DAC (IC1801) and are output from the HOST I/F (CN1901).
Simultaneously, the analog MUTE signal is also output from DVD-LSI (IC1501) via the HOST I/F.
The digital audio signal (IECOUT), output from DVD-LSI (IC1501), is output via CN1852.
CN1901
HOST I/F

IC1501
DVD-LSI LRCK IC1801 LO
ADOUT3 Audio-DAC
SRCK RO

B
GNDAU

CN1852

IEC

Fig 10.1: Audio circuit


<Check method> Playback DVD-REF-A1 TITLE 2 CHAPTER 1 (48 k/16 bit 1 kHz 0 dB),
and check with DGND being the reference.
In case of NG, check the applicable line, periphery of major components as described in the above drawing,
soldering of the peripheral components and defective components.
NO. Check point 1 (stylus) Specification value 1 Specification value 2 Reference waveform C
1 ADOUT3 VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower Waveform 1
2 SRCK VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower Waveform 2
3 LRCK VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower Waveform 3

Specification
Specification value 2
value 1
GND

D
Fig 10.2: Serial 3 lines specification value
Side A

SRCK E

LRCK

ADOUT3

Fig 10.3: Serial 3 lines check points


AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
49
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

The following checks shall be conducted using the following measurement circuits with GNDAU1 being the reference.
47 kohm 47 kohm
A

LO GNDAU1 RO
NO. Check point 1 (stylus) Specification value (rms) Reference waveform
4 LO 1 400 ± 150 mV Waveform 4
5 RO 1 400 ± 150 mV Waveform 4

B
Specification value is the root-mean-square value (rms).

Fig 10.4: Analog audio out (LO, RO) specification value.

Side A

LO
C
RO

GNDAU1

Fig 10.5: Analog audio out check point

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
50
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Check with DGND being the reference.


Check 2pin cord after connecting it to a jig, etc.
NO. Check point 1 (stylus) Specification value 1 Specification value 2 Reference waveform A
6 IEC VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower Waveform 5

Side A

IEC

Fig 10.6: Digital audio signal (IECOUT) check point

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
51
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

<Outline> At the time of 6ch digital out, the serial 6 lines output from DVD-LSI (IC1501) is output via CN1581.
Furthermore, at the time of ripping, the serial 3 lines digital output + SUBC, output from DVD-LSI (IC1501),
is output in 4 times speed via CN1851.
A

CN1851
ADOUT0/SUBC
IC1501 IC1851 buffer SW,
ADOUT1/BLKCK
LSI ripping or 6ch digital out.
ADOUT2/CLDCK
SRCK

LRCK
IC1852 buffer SW,
DATA
ripping or 6ch digital out.
MCKENA
B OUT
IN IC1853 buffer SW, IN
ripping or 6ch digital out.

RIPP

SBCK
BMUTE
EMPH
IEC/IPFLG

The signal at CN1851 for 6ch digital out/Ripping.


Pin No. Pin name 6ch digital out Ripping
23 SRCK SRCK SRCK
21 LRCK LRCK LRCK
19 AD0/SUBC ADOUT0 SUBC
17 AD1/BLK ADOUT1 BLKCK
15 AD2/CLD ADOUT2 CLDCK
13 AD3/DATA ADOUT3 DATA
11 IEC/IPFLG IEC IPFLG
D 9 - - -
7 SBCK - SBCK
5 BMUTE BMUTE -
4 MCKENA Low High
3 RIPP High Low
2 EMPH EMPH EMPH
Pins 1, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 and 24 are GNDD.

Fig 10.7: 6ch digital out/Ripping circuit

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
52
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Playback DVD-REF-A1 TITLE22 CHAPTER 1, and check with GNDD being the reference.
In case of NG, check the applicable line, the periphery of the major components in the drawing above,
soldering of the peripheral components and defective components. A
Check 24pin FFC after connecting it to a jig, etc.
NO. Check point 1 (stylus) Specification value 1 Specification value 2
7 SRCK VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower
8 LRCK VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower
9 ADOUT0 VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower
10 ADOUT1 VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower
11 ADOUT2 VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower
12 IEC VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower
13 MCKENA - VCC33 V x 0.3 V or lower

B
Rip common CDDA, and check with GNDD being the reference.
In case of NG, check the applicable line, the periphery of the major components in the drawing above,
soldering of the peripheral components and defective components.
Check 24pin FFC after connecting it to a jig, etc.
NO. Check point 1 (stylus) Specification value 1 Specification value 2
14 SRCK VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower
15 LRCK VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower
16 SUBC VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower
17 BLKCK VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower
18 CLDCK VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower
19 DATA VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower C
20 SBCK VCC33 V-0.6 V or higher 0.4 V or lower
21 RIPP - VCC33 V x 0.3 V or lower

Specification
value 1
GND Specification value 2
D

Fig 10.8: 6ch digital out/Ripping specification value

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
53
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Side A

SRCK

LRCK

B ADOUT3

C
Side B

ADOUT2
ADOUT1
ADOUT0

RIPP
MCKENA
SBCK

E
Fig 10.9: 6ch digital out/Ripping check point

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
54
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Check 11: Is the video circuit OK?


<Outline> Composite signal and component signal are output from DVD-LSI (IC1501), and are output from the A
HOST I/F (CN1901) via a buffer circuit.

CN1901
HOST I/F
IC1501 AVCC5
DVD_LSI Composite
Component Y
Component Cb Video buffer circuit
Video Component Cr NoMount COMPO
DAC
section
B

Fig 11.1: Video circuit

<Checking method> Playback DVD-REF-A1 TITLE2 CHAPTER5 (WHITE 100%), and monitor COMPO signal with
an oscilloscope with GNDV1 (stylus) being the reference. Set the trigger mode to “TV trigger” and
the trigger line to “150 line”.
Check point 1 (stylus)
NO. Specification value Reference waveform
1 COMPO 1 000 mVpp ± 5 % Waveform 6
C
In case of NG, check the applicable line, the periphery of the major components in the drawing above, soldering of the
peripheral components and defective components.
PEAK

COMPO signal Reference Adjust this level within the


value
range of 1.0 ± 0.02 Vpp.
Color burst
Pedestal level
BOTTOM
Horizontal sync signal

Fig 11.2: Waveform for the case of composite white 100% output D

<Video level readjustment method>


In case the video composite output is outside of the specification value, readjust the level according to the method
described below.(Note : Units are exchanged, the video output is not adjusted. )
Turn the volume (VR1671) to adjust the video level within the range of 1.0 ± 0.02 Vpp.
The adjustment specification is 1.0 ± 0.02 Vpp.
CN1901
AVCC5 HOST I/F

IC1501 E
LSI Y Q1701(NoMount) Y
Video buffer circuit
Video Cb Q1702(NoMount) Cb
DAC Video buffer circuit
section
Cr Q1704(NoMount) Cr
Video buffer circuit

Fig 11.3: Video circuit (component)

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
55
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

<Checking method> Playback DVD-REF-A1 TITLE2 CHAPTER19 (100% Color Bars), and monitor Y, Cb, and Cr
signal with an oscilloscope with GNDV1 (stylus) being the reference. Set the trigger mode to
“TV trigger” and the trigger line to “150 line”.
A

NO. Check point 1 (stylus) Specification value Reference waveform


2 Y 1 000 mVpp ± 5% Waveform 7
3 Cb 700 mVpp ± 5% Waveform 7
4 Cr 700 mVpp ± 5% Waveform 7

In case of NG, check the applicable line, the periphery of the major components in the drawing above, soldering of
the peripheral components and defective components.

PEAK

B
Y signal Specification value

BOTTOM

PEAK

Cb signal Specification value

BOTTOM

C
PEAK

Cr signal Specification value

BOTTOM
100% Color Bars signal

Fig 11.4 Waveform for the case of component 100% Color Bars output

Side A
D

COMPO

Cr

Cb

F
Fig 11.5: VIDEO signal check point

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
56
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Check 12:How to judge whether the flash memory has reached its life or not.
If the reaction to user operation is slow or operation is slow in general, there is a possibility that the flash memory A
has reached its life.
Make judgment regarding the flash memory life by looking at the display of the LD energizing time.

1.Let the LD energizing time displayed.


(Refer to the FE test mode for the method of displaying the LD energizing time.)
2.If the second digit from the left of the energizing time display is showing E,
such as “ E ”, it means that the flash memory has reached its life.

Example:

0E000BB8

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
57
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

AUDIO VIDEO
A
[100% Color Bars]
CH1 : Y
CH1 : LO CH2 : Cb
CH1 : ADOUT3 CH2 : RO CH3 : Cr
Reference voltage: DGND2 1 V/div. 5 usec/div Reference voltage: GNDAU2 1 V/div. 500 usec/div Reference voltage: GNDV1 200 mV/div. 5 usec/div

G->

G-> G->
B

Waveform 1 Waveform 4

CH1 : SRCK CH1 : IECOUT


Reference voltage: DGND2 1 V/div. 5 usec/div Reference voltage: DGND2 1 V/div. 500 nsec/div

C
Waveform 7
G->
G->

Waveform 2 Waveform 5

[WHITE 100IRE]
CH1 : LRCK CH1 : COMPO
Reference voltage: DGND2 1 V/div. 5 usec/div Reference voltage: GNDV1 200 mV/div. 10 usec/div

G->

Waveform 3 Waveform 6

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
58
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

5.4 ERROR CODE LIST

Method of reset A
UART ACC Source Eject Play Key
Error status OSD *1 *2 Meaning Off/On Off/On
It is a disc unable to be played back.
Media Error 00h A disc containing the unplayable Format only. X X X -
NON-PLAYABLE DISC
Open (No display) 10h Door open error * * * *
Read Error ERROR-02-99 20h Transfer start error X X X X
Focus Error(Focus Error
in mechanism set up) ERROR-02-90 21h Focus error X X X X

Focus error during set up


Surface Error ERROR-02-9E 22h (A focus has never been achieved with that X X X X
disc.)
Address not found
ERROR-02-80 23h Address not found. X X X X
(Invalid Track)
Spindle lock NG B
Spindle Lock ERROR-02-91 24h X X X X
(the disc cannot rotate)
Carriage home NG
Carriage HOME ERROR-02-92 25h (The pick up tries to return to carriage X X X X
home, but it cannot go back and stopped.)
ID/SUBCODE Read Error ID/SUBCODE Read Error (ID/SUBCODE
ERROR-02-94 26h X X X X
cannot be read due to scratch or stain.)
AV CHIP decode Error AV CHIP decode NG
ERROR-02-9A 2Ah X X X X
(AV chip cannot be decoded.)
AV CHIP Recovery NG
ERROR-02-9B 2Bh AV CHIP recovery NG X X X X
Error of PLAY BACK Mode Playback state error
ERROR-02-9C 2Ch X X X X
Status (An error due to software bug.)
Disc Data Error ERROR-02-9D 2Dh Disc Data NG X X X X
Temp Error Temperature protection circuit is High temperature
(In Case of High being activated. 30h (Playback is stopped because the pick up X - - -
C
Temperature) THERMAL PROTECTION IN MOTION temperature is 89 C or higher.)
No Disc Disc has not been inserted.
(including Disc loading (No display) 40h (Including Load in process or Eject in process.) * * * *
and ejecting)
Loading mechanism error
Loading_Mecha Error (No display) 50h X - X -
(The disc cannot be clamped.)
It is a protected disc. DRM error
DRM Error 70h - - X -
PROTECTED DISC (All music cannot be played back due to DRM.)
Region code is incorrect. Region code NG (Unable to be played back
Region code Error NG 90h - - X -
DIFFERENT REGION DISC due to incorrect mechanism region.)
It is a disc unable to be played back.
CPPM*3 Key Error *4 91h Key Error for playback - - X -
NON-PLAYABLE DISC
CPRM Key Error *7 93h Key Error for playback - - X -
NON-PLAYABLE DISC
Playback the illegally copied disc by DVD-A D
AWM*5 Error *4 (No display) *6 X X X -
(Mute the sound on the mechanism side.)
REQUEST error ERROR-02-A0 A0h REQUEST error X X X X
Failure in issuing read
ERROR-02-A1 A1h Failure in issuing the read command X X X X
command (chip dependent)
Adjustment of L0 is NG. ERROR-02-A2 A2h L0 adjustment is NG. X X X X
Adjustment of L1 is NG. ERROR-02-A3 A3h L1 adjustment is NG X X X X
LD system NG ERROR-02-A4 A4h LD system NG X X X X
Gain adjustment system NG. ERROR-02-A5 A5h Gain adjustment system NG. X X X X
Gain determining system NG. ERROR-02-A6 A6h Gain determining system NG. X X X X
Servo initial setting related items NG. ERROR-02-A7 A7h Servo initial setting related items NG. X X X X
Disc is not clamped yet. ERROR-02-A8 A8h Disc is not clamped yet. X X X X
Tracking system NG. ERROR-02-A9 A9h Tracking system NG X X X X
Media setting system NG. ERROR-02-AA AAh Media setting system NG X X X X
Focus Error ERROR-02-AB ABh JUMP over layers NG X X X X
Error of PLAY BACK E
ERROR-02-B0 B0h Navigation command error X X X X
Mode Status
Error of PLAY BACK
ERROR-02-B1 B1h Retry over X X X X
Mode Status
Undefined Error ERROR-FF-FF FFh Undefined error X X X X
X: Cancel the error by operation. -: Error is not cancelled by operation. *: No setting
*1 A content displayed on OSD. As for the items having multiple display patterns, the upper row is for the Japanese version Full GUI, and the lower row is for
the Touch Panel model and Full GUI (English version).
*2 A parameter of UART command, such as “receipt error notice”, that the DVD mechanism transmits.
*3 CPPM(Content Protection for Prerecorded Media) : A copyright protection technique used in DVD-A. The protection is realized by using the keys recorded
on the media and the device key held by the player.
*4 DVD-A compatible model only.
When an error has occurred, only the audio output will be muted but playback operation will continue. Furthermore, acceptance of the user operation will be
the same as usual.
*5 AWM (Audio WaterMark): Electronic watermark. Information on the copyright owner or CCI (copy control information) are recorded so that illegally copied
discs can be identified.
*6 Notice as an error status will not be given F
*7 CPRM(Content Protection for Recordable Media) : A copyright protection technique for digital contents used for re-writable DVD or memory card.
(DVD-VR model only)

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
59
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
60
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
61
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

5.5 CONNECTOR FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

iPod Tuner Box


A 21
16 15

11

1 10
USB 4

1.RDS_DATE 11.R
1 2 3 4
2.DGND 12.DGND
3.DO 13.RDS_LOC
B 1. USB5V 1. F/W GND 8. ROUT 14.DSEN
4.DI
2. D- 2. F/W PWR 9. GNDD 15.CEI
3. D+ 5.RDS_HSLK
3. TXiPod 10. ACCPW 16.BEGND
4. USBGND 6.RDS_CK
4. ACCID 11. ACCDET 17.L
7.DGND
5. LOUT 12. V_RETURN 18.B.UP
8.ROMVDD33
6. RXiPod 13. A_RETURN 19.SL
9.LDET
7. VOUT 20.OSCGND
10.CK
21.CE2
USB AUX IN Tuner Box

D IP-BUS IN
8 9 10 11
1 15 9 10
5 6 7

2 16 1 2 3 4

1 2 1. IPBUS+ 7. IPL+
1.FR-
2.RR- 2. IPBUSG 8. ASENBO
3.FR+ 1, 2. FRONT OUTPUT 3. IPLG 9. IPR+
4.RR+ 3, 4. REAR/SUBWOOFER/DEQ OUTPUT 4. NC 10. IPR-
5.FL- 5, 6. AUDIO INPUT 5. IPBUS- 11. IPL-
6.RL- 7. REAR VIEW CAMERA INPUT 6. IPRG
E
7.FL+ 8. VIDEO INPUT
8.RL+ 9. REAR MONITOR OUTPUT
9.P.B. 10. REVERSE GEAR SIGNAL INPUT
10.MUTE
11.B.REM
12.ILM
13.VGND
14.ACC
15.GND
16.B.UP

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
62
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

5.6 SIMPLE OPERATION CHECK METHOD

- How to check the operation without the tuner box


A
The main unit of this product needs to be connected with the tuner box for its complete operation.
If you want to check the basic operation without the tuner box, do as mentioned bellow.

Short between two lands of R678 on the B side of DVD AMP UNIT.

SIDE B

R678

Expansion

R678

<NOTE>
Do not forget to remove the solder or the part between lands of R678 after repair.
F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
63
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

6. SERVICE MODE
6.1 TEST MODE
A
USB Test Mode

1 Reset is executed pressing the [EQ] key and the [MUTE] key.
2 Assuming the USB test terminal (57 Pin) as H transfers to the USB test mode.

The system operates on its own, and it is the mode capable of tracking it up by inputting the track up terminal (58 Pin).
The content includes the following:

Switched to the USB source in transition of the test mode.


Operable without monitor connection during the test mode.
Sound is output as usual in transition of the USB source.
B
Track up is possible by assuming the track up terminal as H.
Note: Although this specifications do not usually allow the USB source to turn ON when connecting the iPod,
it can be turned ON only in the USB test mode.

[Cancel Conditions]
Product reset
Turning ACC ON

[Operating Conditions]
In detach off (including the case where the TUNER pack is not connected): Inoperable
In DVD not connected (excluding rising time-out for 10 seconds): Operable
C In FLAP mechanism not connected: Operable
Monitor not connected: Operable

Display Microcomputer Version

Reset is executed pressing the [EJECT] key and the [SOUCE] key.
Transmit the [1] key with the remote controller after transition of the menu.

This displays the software version of each microcomputer.

[Cancel Conditions]
D Product reset
Turning ACC ON

[Operating Conditions]
In detach off (including the case where the TUNER pack is not connected): Inoperable
In DVD not connected (excluding rising time-out for 10 seconds): Operable
In FLAP mechanism not connected: Operable
Monitor not connected: Inoperable

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
64
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

iPod Test Mode

1 Reset is executed pressing the [EQ] key and the [MUTE] key. A
2 Assuming the iPod test terminal (72 Pin) as H transfers to the iPod test mode.
Note: If 1 is detected with the iPod connected, verification becomes pending until the operation of 2.

This is the mode to display if verification is successful between the verification ICs to iPod.
The content includes the following:
“READY” is displayed on the information plate before verification starts, and “EXE” is displayed at the start
of verification.
When verification is successful, “OK” is displayed while “NG” is displayed if failed.
Conditions where verification becomes NG
1 An error is returned in response to instruction of verification
2 No response is made for 170 seconds after instruction of verification
B
[Cancel Conditions]
Product reset
Turning ACC ON

[Operating Conditions]
In detach off (including the case where the TUNER pack is not connected): Inoperable
In DVD not connected (excluding rising time-out for 10 seconds): Operable
In FLAP mechanism not connected: Operable
Monitor not connected: Inoperable

DVD Mechanism Touch Panel Test Mode C

It is for temporary analysis in services.


(For temporary analysis of user claim and etc. against DVD touch direct.)
1 Display a frame border in the valid area as a button in the contents by OSD of DVD mechanism on
DVD-Video menu time.
2 Display a cross-shape on the place user touched on touch direct display time by OSD of DVD mechanism.
3 Every time pressing "C (clear)" key on the remote controller, the color of the frame border and the cross-shape
above 12 is changed (white -> red -> black -> clear -> white -> ... ).

[Cancel Conditions]
Product reset
D
Turning ACC ON

[Operating Conditions]
In detach off (including the case where the TUNER pack is not connected): Inoperable
In DVD not connected (excluding rising time-out for 10 seconds): Operable
In FLAP mechanism not connected: Operable
Monitor not connected: Inoperable

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
65
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

6.2 DVD TEST MODE

Image of the test mode.


A
1. [EJECT] + [SOURCE] + Reset start
2. Press the [2] key of remote control unit.
Switch position of the remote control unit.
[AVH mode]
(1)-(8) and EJECT is the key of remote control unit.
Legend: … Key operation
… Operation state

Start of the test mode. … The content displayed on the DVD mechanism (video only)
8 characters data is sent to the product side (HOST) by UART communication.

TEST [Note] Higher level 4 characters only. Lower level 4 characters are spaces.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

FE test selection EDC1 test selection EDC2 test selection LD power on time
mode selection

Hereafter, to FE test Hereafter, to EDC1 Hereafter, to EDC2 Hereafter, to LD power on


mode image. test mode image. test mode image. time mode image.

[Note] In order to move on to another test after selecting a test (FE/EDC1/EDC2), it is necessary to restart the DVD mechanism in the test mode.

Image of the front end test mode.


Legend: … Key operation
C
… Operation state
… The content displayed on the DVD mechanism (video only)
8 characters data is sent to the product side (HOST) by UART communication.

FE test mode

0 x 00 0000

D (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) EJECT


Power on FE offset coefficient Disc type DVD1 Disc type DVD2 Disc type CD Disc type CD-RW EJECT
TE offset coefficient layer layer
AS offset coefficient
0FFF 0000 ENV offset coefficient
TG offset coefficient 0000 0000 0100 0000 0200 0000 0300 0000
DBAL coefficient
VIN1 offset cancel value
VIN2 offset cancel value
VIN3 offset cancel value
VIN4 offset cancel value
VIN5 offset cancel value
VIN6 offset cancel value
VIN7 offset cancel value
VIN8 offset cancel value
VIN9 offset cancel value
VIN10 offset cancel value

1 x 00 0000

E (1) (2) (3),(4) (5) (6) (8)

F close F search CRG+/- LD-ON/OFF CRG_HOME Power_OFF

S curve
measurement
1FFF 0000 Activates while the key When LO-ON: 1100 0000 1D00 0000
1A00 0000 is being pressed. When LD-OFF: 1000 000
(2) 1B00 0000 : CRG+
1C00 0000 : CRG-
F search

1100 0000
[Note] If no action is taken for approximately 10 seconds after LD-ON, it will become LO-OFF automatically.
If F close is selected during LD-OFF, it will become an error.
During focus search (S character measurement mode), too, safety regulation applies if LD_OFF is not selected
Focus close state within 10 seconds. Therefore, even if focus search is selected after LD-ON, it will become LD-OFF after 9 seconds.
FEMAX level In order to F close after focus search (S character measurement mode), set to Power_OFF first then power on again
FEMIN level before F close.
ASMAX level
ENVMAX level
FE normalization coefficient
Spindle gain coefficient
TEMAX level indication
F TEMIN level indication
(2)

a b

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
66
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

a b
(2)

2 x 00 0000
A
(1) (2) (3),(4) (8)
Tracking balance Focus Jump CRG +/- Power_OFF

When L0 layer: 2000 0000 It operates while the key


2FFF 0000 When L1 layer: 2100 0000 is being pressed.
2B00 0000 : CRG+
TBAL coefficient (layer 0) 2C00 0000 : CRG-
TBAL coefficient (layer 1)
TE normalization coefficient (layer 0)
TE normalization coefficient (layer 1)
Off track adjustment result

3000 0000

(1) (3),(4) (5) (8)


Tracking close CRG +/- RF level value Performed including the tracking close processing. Power_OFF

3FFF 0000 It operates while the key 3FFF 0000


is being pressed. B
3B00 0000 : CRG+
3C00 0000 : CRG- Tracking close state FBAL coefficient (layer 0)
FBAL coefficient (layer 1)
Focus gain coefficient (layer 0)
Focus gain coefficient (layer 1)
Tracking gain coefficient (layer 0)
Tracking gain coefficient (layer 1)
AS normalization adjustment value (layer 0)
AS normalization adjustment value (layer 1)

5000 0000

(1) (2) (7) (8)


RF level value Error rate
indication start measurement T.OPEN Power_OFF

Error rate
RF level is informed Focus gain coefficient (layer 0) To (2)
every 500msec. Focus gain coefficient (layer 1)
Tracking gain coefficient (layer 0) C
Tracking gain coefficient (layer 1)
(1)
AS normalization adjustment value (layer 0)
RF level value AS normalization adjustment value (layer 1)
indication end

FBAL coefficient (layer 0)


Tracking close state
FBAL coefficient (layer 1)
Focus gain coefficient (layer 0)
Focus gain coefficient (layer 1)
Tracking gain coefficient (layer 0)
Tracking gain coefficient (layer 1)
AS normalization adjustment value (layer 0)
4000 0000 AS normalization adjustment value (layer 1)

4 x 00 0000 D

(1) (2) (5) (6) (3),(4) (7) (8)


Error rate Playback speed T.Jump+/- Power_OFF
measurement switching Focus Jump ID Search T.OPEN

Error rate Jump+ : 4B00 0000


Focus gain coefficient (layer 0) When L0 layer: 4x00 0000 4A00 0000 Jump- : 4C00 0000 To (2)
Focus gain coefficient (layer 1) DVDX1.3~ When L1 layer: 4x00 0000
Tracking gain coefficient (layer 0) 1.6CAV (1)-(4) (3)
Tracking gain coefficient (layer 1) CDX4CLV: Track number
4x00 0000 ID designation designation
AS normalization adjustment value (layer 0)
AS normalization adjustment value (layer 1)

ID display Track number


indication The higher 2 digits of the designated ID are the value showing the test state.
(5) (5) The lower 6 digits show the ID.
Example) If 300000 is desired to be designated as the ID, designated ID: 4A03 0000.
Search start Jump start

Error occurrence

The number for designation of the track number shall be selected from the track numbers previously prepared. E
Switch to cyclic by (3). Fix by (4).
Error display For CD: Tracks 1, 4, 10, 11 and 32
L0 layer DVD X 1.3~1.6CAV, CD X 4CLV :4000 0000
For DVD: Tracks 1, 4, 10, 11, 32, 64 and 100
L1 layer DVD X 1.3~1.6CAV :4100 0000
(8)
Change the method for ID address designation.
Power_OFF Designation of digit by command (1) and (2). UP/DOWN of numbers by command (3) and (4). Fix by command (5).

Error occurrence at Power_OFF

[Note] If an error occurs at Power_OFF, reset cannot be made. In such a case, it is necessary to turn the power off and start the test mode once again.
Error display

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
67
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Legend:
… Key operation
EDC. Image of the test mode
A … Operational state
… The content displayed on the DVD mechanism (video only)
8 characters data is sent to the product side (HOST) by UART communication.

EDC1/2 test mode [Note] Image is the same for both EDC1 and EDC2.

0000 0000
EJECT operation
[Note] Eject can be effected any time during the EDC test mode.
(1) (2)

Layer 0 selection Layer 1 selection

Eject
B
0000 0000 0100 0000 Test mode Eject

1003 0000 1103 0000


After completion of EJECT operation

(1)-(4)
ID designation

Layer 0: 10** ****


Layer 1: 11** ****
[Note] ** **** is the ID designation value

(5)
C
EDC1/2 start

Layer 0: 20** ****


Layer 1: 21** ****
[Note] ** **** is the present ID designation value

**** **** [Note] The display is updated at 0.5 seconds interval until 0/1 layer is selected or Eject is effected.
[Note] **** **** is the present ID designation value

Image of the LD power on time mode.


Legend: … Key operation
… Operational state
… The content displayed on the DVD mechanism (video only)
D LD power on time mode 8 characters data is sent to the product side (HOST) by UART communication.

0000 0000
Not for service use
(1) (2) (5) (6)
CD LD power on DVD LD power on CD LD power on DVD LD power on
time indication time indication time setting time setting

10** **** 20** ****


[Note] ** **** is the CD LD [Note] ** **** is the DVD LD 30** **** 40** ****
power on time. power on time. [Note] ** **** is the setting time. [Note] ** **** is the setting time.

(1)-(4) (1)-(4)
Setting time (8) Setting time (8)
E designation designation
(5) (5)

Setting time Setting time


registration registration

10** **** 20** ****


[Note] ** **** is the CD LD [Note] ** **** is the DVD LD
power on time. power on time.

[Method of setting time designation]


Designate the digit by command (1) and (2). UP/DOWN of numbers by command (3) and (4).
Fix by command (5). Cancel by command (8).
F

[Note] If the power on time is 999999 hours or more, it is always reported as 999999 hours.
[Note] If the power on time is “*E** ****”, the value may not be correct due to the life of the flash memory.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
68
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

6.3 CALIBRATION TEST MODE

Refer to “Touch Panel Adjustment” from the page 92 in “Each setting and adjustment”.
A

6.4 MONITOR TEST MODE

Refer to “Monitor Adjustment” from the page 100 in “Each setting and adjustment”.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
69
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

7. DISASSEMBLY
Removing the Grille Panel Assy (Fig.1)
A
1 Remove the two screws.

2 Remove the two screws and then remove 1 1


the Holder.

Grille Panel Assy


3 Disconnect the connector and then remove
the Grille Panel Assy.

2 2

Holder
C

Fig.1

How to separate the Drive Unit and the


Chassis Assy (Fig. 2) (Rear Side)

1 Remove the seven screws and then sepa-


rate the Drive Unit and the Chassis Assy.

1
D

(Left Side) Drive Unit

1 1
E
Chassis Assy

(Right Side)

1 1
F

Fig.2

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
70
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Removing the DVD Mechanism Module Bracket


and the Drive Unit (Fig.3)

1 1 A
1 Remove the four screws and then lift the
Bracket toward the Drive Unit.

1 1

DVD Mechanism Module


(Left Side)
2 Remove the four screws and then lift the 2
DVD Mechanism Module toward the Left 2
Side.

2
2

DVD Mechanism Module

D
3 Disconnect the two connectors and then
remove the DVD Mechanism Module. Drive Unit

4 Disconnect the connector and then remove


the Drive Unit.
3
4
3

DVD Amp Unit Fig.3


F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
71
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Removing the Holder and the Panel (Fig.4)


Panel
1 Remove the screw.
A 2 2 2
2

2 Remove the seven screws and then remove


the Panel. 2 2
1 2

3 Straighten the tabs at two locations indicated


and then remove the Holder.
Holder

3
3

Fig.4

Removing the DVD Amp Unit (Fig.5)

D 1 Remove the three screws.


2

2 Straighten the tabs at three locations indi-


cated and then remove the DVD Amp Unit.
2
2

1 1

DVD Amp Unit

Fig.5
F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
72
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Removing the Monitor Unit 1/2 (Fig.6) Cover Spring Arm and Cover

4 1
1 Remove the two screws and then remove
the Spring. 4 A

1 3 2

2 Remove the screw and then remove


the Arm and Cover. 4 4
4

3 Disconnect the connector.

B
Remove the five screws and then remove
4 the Cover.
7 7

Monitor Assy
8

5 Disconnect the connector. C

Remove the three screws and then remove 6


6 the Motor Unit.
6
5

Removing the Motor Unit, the Drive Unit 6


can operate to lead to the Monitor Assy.

Motor Unit
D

Remove the two screws and then remove


7 the two Guids(Right side, Left side).

Pull out the Monitor Assy in the direction


8
indicated by an arrow.

Fig.6
F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
73
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Removing the Monitor Unit 2/2 (Fig.7)


Holder

1 Remove the two screws and then remove


A the Holder.

2 Remove the four screws.

3 Remove the four screws and then remove 1 1


the Monitor Assy.
3 3

4 Disconnect the connector. 4


B

3 3

2 2 2 2

Monitor Assy Cover Unit


C

Inverter PCB
5 Remove the two screws.

6 5 6
6 Disconnect the two connectors and then
remove the Inverter PCB. 5

D
7 Disconnect the connector and then remove 7
the LCD Assy.

LCD Assy
E

Monitor Assy

Fig.7
F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
74
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

- How to hold the mechanism section (Fig 1)


A
1. Hold the main frame and the top frame.
2. As the mechanical strength of the front part of the top frame is not strong, do not hold this part.
3. Do not touch the switches provided on the top face of the mechanism section.
4. Be careful not to pull the flexible PCB on the side face.

Fig 1

Do not touch this part. Do not touch this part.


C
Do not touch this part.

- How to remove the module PCB (Fig 2, Fig 3)


1. Put the mechanism section in locked state (disc load standby position).
2. Hold the mechanism module with its top face down.
3. Make the lands at 2 locations on the pick up flexible PCB short.
4. Disconnect the connectors of the pick up flexible PCB and the SPDL flexible PCB.
(Be sure to disconnect the connectors as the flexible PCB will be damaged if the PCB is removed without removing
the flexible PCB.) D
5. Remove the solder joint of the lead wire of the load motor and the clamp SW.
6. Remove the two screws, and then remove the module PCB.
(Lift up point A slightly and remove it toward B direction. Be careful as the point C is connected with a flexible PCB.)
7. Disconnect the connector of the 8-12 detection flexible PCB from the PCB.

Fig 2

Module PCB

Short E
B

Connector Connector
(pick up flexible) (8-12 detection flexible)

Solder land
(load motor, lead wire of the clamp SW.) Connector (SPDL flexible) C F
A Fig 3

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
75
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

- How to remove the CRG motor assy (Fig 4)


1. Remove the module PCB according to the instructions in “How to remove the module PCB”.
A 2. Remove the Mylar tape.
3. Remove the flexible PCB of the CRG motor from the connector of the spindle motor.
4. Remove the two screws, and then remove the CRG motor assy.

Set screw (CRG) CRG motor assy Set screw (CRG)

Feeding screw

PU rack

Mylar tape

Fig 4
C - How to remove the PU unit (Fig 5)
1. Remove the module PCB according to the instructions in “How to remove the module PCB”.
2. Hang the main shaft holding spring to the CRG chassis temporary hanger.
3. Remove the CRG motor assy according to the instructions in “How to remove the CRG motor assy”.
4. Remove the holding plate spring of the main shaft.
5. While lifting up the tip of the pick up rack, slide the main shaft, and remove the PU unit.
(Note) When mounting the PU unit again, make sure to do the adjustments of the devices mounted thereon
according to the descriptions of the service manual. Furthermore, make sure to hang the main shaft
holding spring permanently.
Holding plate spring Main shaft
D

PU unit

Main shaft holding spring

Sub shaft
Fig 5
CRG chassis temporary hanging section

F
Temporary hanging Permanent hanging

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
76
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

8. EACH SETTING AND ADJUSTMENT


8.1 DVD ADJUSTMENT
A

1) Precautions If the reference voltage is connected to GND by mistake,


This product uses 5 V and 3.3 V as standard voltages. turn the regulator OFF immediately, or turn the
The electrical potential that is the reference for signals, power OFF.
is not GND, but VREF (approximately 2.2 V) and VHALF Remove the filters and wires used for measurements
(approximately 1.65 V) . only after the regulator has been turned OFF.
During product adjustments, if the reference voltage is After the power supply is turned on, regulator ON the
mistakenly taken as GND, and a grounding contact is following adjustment and measurement are promptly B

made, not only would it be impossible to measure the done.


accurate electrical potential, but also the servo motor Whenever the product is in the test mode, the software
would malfunction, resulting in the application of a will not take any protective action. For this reason,
strong impact on the pick up. The following precautionary special care should be taken to make sure that no
measures should be strictly adhered to, in order to mechanical or electrical shock could be applied to the
avoid such problems. product when taking measurements in the test mode.
The reference voltage and GND should not be confused Whenever the EJECT key is pressed to eject the disk,
when using the minus probe of a measurement device. no other keys, other than the EJECT key, should be C

When an oscilloscope is being used special care should pressed until the disk eject action has been completed.
be taken to make sure that the reference voltage is not Press the EJECT key only after the disk has stopped
connected to the probe of ch1 (on the minus side), completely.
while the probe of ch2 (on the minus side), is connected If the product hangs up turn the power OFF immediately.
to GND. Further, since the body frame of most Laser didoes may be damaged, if the volume switch for
measurement devices have the same electrical potential the laser power adjustment of the pick up unit, is turned.
as the minus side of the probe, the body frame of the
measurement device should be set to floating ground. D

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
77
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

- SKEW adjustment

A
When one of the following replacements has taken place, SKEW adjustment for the pick up will be required.
(1) Replacement of the pick up unit
(2) Replacement of the spindle motor
(3) Replacement of the carriage chassis
(4) Replacement of the main shaft of the pick up unit
(5) Replacement of the sub shaft of the pick up unit

Measurement equipment and tools/jigs: Oscilloscope


Driver for SKEW adjustment t TORX driver (T2) (GGK1095)
Bond for fixing the SKEW (GEM1033)
Bond for locking the screw (Locking agents(1401M : produced by THREE BOND))

Disc used: GGV1025


B
Measurement reference: AGND2
Measurement point: RF

Connection drawing
DVD core unit

C
RF

AGND2

Enlargement

Oscilloscope

-3
Symptom in case the adjustment is not adequate: Worsening of the error rate 10
(Normally 10-4 or less.)
Large RF jitter
RF waveform distortion
Tracking drawing/Unstable servo

* Caution: Do not look into the laser light during adjustment.


F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
78
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

There are two adjustment methods: one in which adjustment is performed monitoring RF waveform with an oscilloscopes
(method 1), and another in which adjustment is performed checking the numerical value of RF level with OSD (method 2).
Adjustment procedures are described below, but please refer to the section of service mode for how to start the test
A
mode and the operation procedures therein.

Replacement of PU Unit
For replacement of PU unit, refer to "Disassembly - How to Remove PU Unit."
After mounting PU unit, roughly adjust the skew screw so that the outer periphery without PU becomes horizontal
to CRG chassis.

Skew adjustment screw

Adjustment Procedure:
1. Connect to the jigs (refer to jig connection diagram) to enable the adjustment of pickup, and turn over DVD
C
mechanism module.
To prevent the disc from being scratched as it is turned over, first place a coin having the thickness of about
1.5 mm on the desk, and turn over and set so that the part “ ” shown in the figure comes right above the coin.

2. In case of method 1:
Referring to the connection diagram, connect an oscilloscope so that RF signal can be monitored using AGND2 as
the reference.

RF
E

AGND2

In case of method 2: Oscilloscope


There is no need for setting equipment. Please go on to step 3.
F
3. Turn on the power in the test mode, and load the adjustment disc (GGV1025).

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
79
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

4. From ServMecha , select DVD-1 layer in FE Test Mode (Front End Test Mode).
(For the details of the test mode, refer to ServMecha in the test mode menu in "6. Test Mode")

5. Select Power On, and after the automatic offset adjustment is completed, move the pickup to the inner
periphery (CRG-Home).
After turning on LD by selecting LD ON/OFF, select Focus Close to close the focus.
B

The value after the automatic offset adjustment is displayed.

6. After the automatic adjustment is completed in FE Test Focus Close screen, select T.Bal.
After the automatic adjustment, select Tracking Close to close the tracking.
C

The value after the automatic adjustment is displayed.

7. Use ID Search to perform middle periphery (ID: 100000) search to move PU to the middle periphery.

Explanation of ID Search
ID: 4A000000

E [Example]
To search ID: 40000, select [2] Cursor Left and press [Enter] for 5 times to move
the cursor to the 5th digit, and select [3] Cursor Up and press [Enter] for 4 times.
When the display is changed to ID: 40000, select [5] Start ID Search and press [Enter].

* If Search operation is failed, please restart from the top menu of ServMecha in the test mode.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
80
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

8. In case of method 1:
Please go on to step 9.
In case of method 2:
Perform all automatic adjustments after Tracking Open once, and then close the tracking with the command that is A
available for RF display.

9. Using torx driver (T2) (GGK1095) ,


In case of method 1:
Turn the skew adjustment screw A slightly while monitoring RF waveform level in the oscilloscope and set the level
to the maximum.
At the middle periphery of pickup, turn the skew adjustment screw B slightly and set the level to the maximum.
At the middle periphery of pickup, turn the skew adjustment screw A slightly again and set the level to the maximum.
(Adjustments should be performed in the order of A, B, A, and please make sure each adjustment is completed as
the screws turned to the right.)

In case of method 2: B
Turn the skew adjustment screw A slightly while monitoring RF level in OSD and set the level to the maximum.
At the middle periphery of pickup, turn the skew adjustment screw B slightly and set the level to the maximum.
At the middle periphery of pickup, turn the skew adjustment screw A slightly again and set the level to the maximum.
(Adjustments should be performed in the order of A, B, A, and please make sure each adjustment is completed as
the screws turned to the right.)

B
A C

[Criterion for Skew Adjustment OK]

(DVD) Search inner periphery (ID: 40000) and outer periphery (ID: 200000), and respective error rate should be
D
less than 1.000E - 3. If this is not satisfied, start over from step 9.
(Disc used: GGV1025)
(CD) Conduct a search after moving to the home position by CRG HOME, the error rate should be less than
2.500E - 3. If this is not satisfied, start over from step 9.
(Disc used: TCD-782)

* If the error rate does not fall within the abovementioned range by method 2, start over by method 1.

10. In FE Test Mode screen, after confirming the disc is stopped by Power OFF, eject the disc by Disc Eject.

11. Apply adhesive agent for fixing the skew, and lock the screws.
Refer to the next section for the part to be adhered.
F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
81
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

SKEW adhesive locations(GEM1033) RAD-SKEW adhesive locations PU case

A
D
Adhesive application locations

C
C
E

Sheet metal (yoke base) section Resin (suspension support) section

PU case
B TAN-SKEW adhesive locations

Sheet metal (yoke base) section

D&E Cross section of R-SKEW adhesive locations.


* Caution: Make a cross link to both the resin section
and the sheet metal section.

C Adhesive application locations


* Caution: Make a cross link to both the case section and the sheet metal section.

Screw locking adhesive location(1401M : produced by THREE BOND)

D
Screw locking adhesive location
Apply the locking agent for more than half of the screw head
circumference.
* Caution: The locking agent shall not overflow to outside of
the PU case.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
82
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Precautions in handling the PU.

* Caution: Do not touch the shaded section in the drawing below. A

RF level adjustment section

Do not touch the optical parts.


Do not touch the springs.
Hologram (be careful for the static electricity)
GRT adjustment section

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
83
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

8.2 DVD AMP UNIT ADJUSTMENT

DVD AMP UNIT(SIDE A)


A
- Adjustment Point

VR1401

DVD AMP UNIT(SIDE B)

E
TP1401
TP605
TP1406
TP607

TP1402

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
84
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DVD AMP UNIT ADJUSTMENT
STE Mother PCB Mode Input signal Output signal Measuring Specs Adjusting
adjustment (input test pin,specs,other (measuring point,waveform) instruments point
5

5
conditions)
1 CHECK After ACC,B.UP ON, IC601 18.874 368 MHz ± 754 Hz
FOR CLOCK Supply 3.3 V with 86pin (TP605)
IC601:83pin (TP607)
2 CHECK TP1401 - GND Measuring point:TP1406 370 kHz ± 5 kHz VR1401
FOR DC-DC 33 ohm(over 1.8 W)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CONVERTER TP1402 - GND
20 ohm(over 1.2 W)

6
6

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
7
7
8

8
85
E
A

D
C

F
B
1 2 3 4

8.3 INVERTER PCB ADJUSTMENT

A
- Adjustment Point

INVERTER PCB(SIDE A) INVERTER PCB(SIDE B)

FL4

FL2

FL1
B

VR5201

INVPUL

PWRFL2
TP5
DIMDTY

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
86
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INVERTER PCB ADJUSTMENT
No Adustment Item Input signal Measurement Adjustment Adjustment Note
point point
1
5

Basic drive 14.4 ± 0.2 V to TP PWRFL TP FL1 VR5201 48.0 ± 0.2 kHz Connect 100 Kohm between TP FL1 and FL2.

5
Frequency TP DIMDTI : GND TP FL2 Monitor the waveform after voltage division or
adjustment TP GNDFL : GND TP FL2.Do not monitor TP FL1 directly
TP INVPUL (CNQ1853) : GND (measurement meter may be damaged
because of high voltage).
2 Check frequency Input 98.0 ± 1 KHz waveform TP FL1 - 49.0 ± 0.5 kHz Verify that the frequency of waveform measured in
switching below to TP INVPUL(CNQ1853). TP FL2 No.1 is 49 KHz.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


10 ± 2%
5V

0V

3 Check frequency Input 102.0 ± 1 KHz waveform TP FL1 - 51.0 ± 0.5 kHz Verify that the frequency of waveform measured in

6
6

switching below to TP INVPUL(CNQ1853). TP FL2 No.1 is 51 KHz.


10 ± 2%
5V

0V

4 Check frequency Input 104.0 ± 1 KHz waveform TP FL1 - 52.0 ± 0.5 kHz Verify that the frequency of waveform measured in
switching below to TP INVPUL(CNQ1853). TP FL2 No.1 is 52 KHz.
10 ± 2%
5V

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
0V

7
7
8

8
87
E
A

D
C

F
B
1 2 3 4

8.4 MONITOR PCB ADJUSTMENT

A MONITOR PCB(SIDE B)
- Adjustment Point

V25

33V
B

V15

5V

COM

-12V
18V
VCC8V
C
PWRVI

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
88
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MONITOR PCB(MONITOR) ADJUSTMENT
NOTE:When shutting off the power supply of TC90A96BFGSING, be careful not to energize each IC terminal.
However, IIC lines(SDA and SCL) is not included in this case and it is possible to energize them with up 5 V.
5

5
No Adustment Item Input signa Measurement point Adjustment point Adjustment Note
1 Check 3.3 V power TP:PWRVI TP:33V - V33 = 3.3 ± 0.25 V
supply voltage to 14.4 V
2 Check 2.5 V power TP:PWRVI TP:V25 - V25 = 2.5 ± 0.15 V
supply voltage to 14.4 V
3 Check 1.5 V power TP:PWRVI TP:V15 - V15 = 1.5 ± 0.08 V

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


supply voltage to 14.4 V
4 Check 5 V power TP:PWRVI TP:5V - 5V = 4.9 ± 0.3 V
supply voltage to 14.4 V
5 Check 8 V power TP:PWRVI TP:VCC8V - VCC8V = 8.0 ± 0.5 V
supply voltage to 14.4 V

6
6

6 Check 18 V power TP:PWRVI TP:18V - VCC18V = 18.5 ± 0.5 V


supply voltage to 14.4 V
7 Check -12 V power TP:PWRVI TP:-12V - VCCM12V = -12.0 ± 0.6 V
supply voltage to 14.4 V
8 Vcom amplifier No definition TP:COM - 4.70 ± 0.10 V Connect LCD panel for measurement
output amplitude
check

9 Tone voltage No definition 57pin of CN5501 - 4.20 ± 0.30 V Connect LCD panel for measurement
amplitude

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
check V1

7
7

10 Tone voltage No definition 55pin of CN5501 - 1.75 ± 0.10 V Connect LCD panel for measurement
amplitude
check V3
8

8
89
E
A

D
C

F
B
F
E
B
A

D
C

90
NOTE:When shutting off the power supply of TC90A96BFGSING, be careful not to energize each IC terminal.
However, IIC lines(SDA and SCL) is not included in this case and it is possible to energize them with up 5 V.
No Adustment Item Input signal Measurement Adjustment point Adjustment Note

1
1

11 Tone voltage No definition 53pin of CN5501 - 0.35 ± 0.10 V Connect LCD panel for measurement
amplitude
adjustment V5

12 Tone voltage No definition 51pin of CN5501 - 0.60 ± 0.10 V Connect LCD panel for measurement
amplitude
adjustment V7

13 Tone voltage No definition 49pin of CN5501 - 3.30 ± 0.20 V Connect LCD panel for measurement
amplitude

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


2
2

adjustment V9

14 Check RGB level Input white 100% TP OSDR,OSDG, - 0.70 ± 0.10 V


signal from OSDB
IC5802

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
15 Image check of Input Color-bar Screen - -
RGB signal signal from

3
3

IC5802

4
4
NOTE:When shutting off the power supply of TC90A96BFGSING, be careful not to energize each IC terminal.
However, IIC lines(SDA and SCL) is not included in this case and it is possible to energize them with up 5 V.
No Adustment Item Input signal Measurement point Adjustment point Adjustment Note
16 Composite level Input composite DAC output Register setting The amplitude of the 9-step and
adjustment image 10-step of SA13h D5-0 the 0-step is 1.77 ± 0.05 V
5

5
signal to
TP MONVBS
(0.75 Vpp ± 1%) 1.77 V ± 0.05 V

17 Image check Input composite Screen - Make sure that tone changes Execute to verify that IC5401
image lamp signal smoothly, and there is no colored digital-out is not bridged or

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


(monochrome) area in the entire display. "OPEN"ed.
to TP MONVBS
18 Aging No definition - - Leave for more than 30 minutes in Input white 100% signal
operation mode.
19 Flicker adjustment Input black-white Screen TP COMDC Adjust the flicker level to minimum Black-white reverse signal can be
reverse signal DC output from all directions. the input to TP MONVBS (however,

6
6

per 1 line adjustment in RGB comes first).


from IC5802 Brightness level of reverse signal
should be 50%.
Adjustment point can be COM DC
off flicker adjustment mode.
SA**h in this chart means the sub-address of TC90A96BFGSING.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
7
7
8

8
91
E
A

D
C

F
B
1 2 3 4

8.5 TOUCH PANEL ADJUSTMENT


[How to adjust]

A Perform the adjustment on the calibration test mode.

[How to activate the calibration test mode]


When the reset start is done while pushing SOURCE and OPEN/CLOSE, it shifts to the touch panel adjustment mode.

[Menu types in the mode]


The calibration test mode consists of the following menus.

Top menu
Outermost circumference inspection
16 points adjustment
Coordinate inspection
Calibration verification
B Data initialization

[Description of the top menu]


[Operation specification]
Remote
Operational controller
description key
Menu enter MENU_ENTER
Selection cursor
up movement
Selection cursor
down movement

Select the menu desired to be adjusted using the up/down key ( , ), then press ENTER key to enter into the selected menu.
C
Note 1) Calibration menu can be selected only when adjustment of the outermost circumference has been completed normally.

[Display specification]
Flicker initialized state
Adjustment completed mark
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1 < CAL I BRAT I ON TEST >


2 F L I CKER : OK
3 E E P ROM : O K 3C
4

5 * 1 . S e t T P
6 *
7

D 8

10

11 [ UP , D OWN ] : C u r s o r mo v eme n t
12 [ A . MENU ] : Me nu s e l e c t i on
13 [ ACC OF F ] : End o f t e s t

Operational specifications are displayed


Conditions for lighting of the adjustment complete mark “ ”.
Outermost circumference inspection :
In case the outermost circumference inspection has been completed normally.
16 points adjustment :
In case the calibration has been completed normally.
Calibration check
E
When line calibration check is completed properly.

Conditions for the adjustment complete mark “ ” to go out


Outermost circumference inspection :
In case the outermost circumference inspection has never been performed.
In case the EEPROM initialization has been performed.
In case the adjustment value has been initialized.
16 points adjustment :
In case the 16 points adjustment has never been performed.
In case the EEPROM initialization has been performed.
In case the adjustment value has been initialized.
Calibration check
When line calibration check has never been executed or when calibration check ended with NG or was aborted.
When EEPROM is initialized.
When adjustment value is initialized (Factory Calibration Init is executed) from Data initialize menu.
F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
92
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

[Outermost circumference inspection]

[Outline]
Outermost circumference value of X and Y is obtained by tracing the outermost circumference of the touch panel screen. A
When exiting the menu screen by pressing ENTER key, the captured value is stored in the EEPROM.
Furthermore, when storing the value, checking is made as to whether the value is within the range or not.
If the value is within the range, OK is displayed, and X/Y upper and lower limit value and normal ending information,
total of 5 byte data, are written in the EEPROM. (In or out of the range check is conducted according to the
[Table of allowable range of setting value] shown below.

In the following cases, however, NG will be displayed without storing the EEPROM captured value.
When the set value is outside of the range. (When the value exceeded the [Table of allowable range of setting value] below.
However, "adjustment NG information" (1 byte) is written into the EEPROM.
When writing into the EEPROM failed.

The transition of the state for the above described outermost circumference inspection is outlined below.

OK Press ENTER key


(normal ending) B

Outermost
circumference EEPROM writing
Adjustment error TOP menu
inspection in in process
process
Outermost
EEPROM
circumference writing error
inspection completed

[Table of BEFORE initial value] [Table of AFTER initial value]


Coordinate Minimum value Maximum value Coordinate Minimum value Maximum value
X 43 247 X 90 180 C
Y 50 238 Y 90 180

[Table of setting value allowable range]


Coordinate Minimum value Maximum value
X 0~72 205~255
Y 0~80 205~255

[Display specifications]
Outermost circumference inspection in process.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1 < Se t up TP e f f e c t i v e r ange > D


2

3 ( be f o r e , a f t e r )
4 Xm i n : ( 9 9 9 , 9 9 9 )
5 Ym i n : ( 9 9 9 , 9 9 9 )
6 Xma x : ( 9 9 9 , 9 9 9 )
7 Yma x : ( 9 9 9 , 9 9 9 )
8 Xc o r r e c t : ( 9 9 9 , 9 9 9 )
9 Yc o r r e c t : ( 9 9 9 , 9 9 9 )
10

11 <Cau t i on>
12 P l e a s e t ouch a r ound pane l
E
13 [ A . MENU ] : Che c k t he Va l ue

X/Y information of [MIN] and [MAX] of the outermost circumference are displayed.
[BEFOR] indicates the value stored in the EEPROM.
[AFTER] indicates MIN/MAX of the A/D value currently captured.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
93
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

When ended normally.


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
A 1

7 O K
8

10

11

B 12

13 [ A . MENU ] : Re t u r n t o Menu

The data written are as follows


Upper limit value and lower limit value of X
Upper limit value and lower limit value of Y
Adjustment OK information.

When the captured value is outside of the allowable range.


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

2
C
3

7 N G
8

10

11

12

13 [ A . MENU ] : Re t u r n t o Menu
D
The data written is as follows.
Adjustment NG information.

[Key operation specifications]


Remote
Operational controller
description key
To top menu MENU_ENTER
E

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
94
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

[16 points adjustment]

[Outline]
Touch the cursor [+] displayed on the screen. A
When correctly touched, the cursor will disappear, and the next cursor will appear. Calibration is conducted by repeating this process 16 times.
When the 17th point has been finally touched, setting information for the 16 points and the normal ending information, total of 17 byte data,
are written into the EEPROM, and the screen returns to the TOP menu.

In the following cases, however, NG will be displayed without storing the EEPROM captured value.
When the menu is exited before touching the 17th point.
However, ’adjustment NG information’ (1 byte) is written into the EEPROM.
When writing into the EEPROM failed.

The transition of the state for the above described 16 points adjustment is outlined below.

OK Press ENTER key


(normal ending)

16 points B
EEPROM
adjustment writing
Adjustment
TOP menu
in error
16 points in process
process
adjustment
completed EEPROM
writing error

[Display specifications]

16 points adjustment in process


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1
C
2

10

11

12

13 D

Order of display of the locations to be pressed.


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

3 # # 5 4
4

6 # 11 6 3
7
E
8

9 # 10 7 2
10

11

12 # 17 9 8 1
13

This point is intended to end the


calibration inspection, and therefore, the
corrected value of this point is not obtained.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
95
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

When ended normally.


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

A 2

7 F I N I SHED
8

10

11

12 [ A . MENU ] : Re t u r n t o Me nu
13
B
The data written are as follows.
X coordinate (16 points)
Y coordinate (16 points)
Adjustment OK information

[Key operation specifications]


Remote
Operational controller
description key
To top menu MENU_ENTER

[Coordinate inspection]

[Outline]
Coordinate before and after the correction when the touch panel is touched is displayed, and the operation is verified.

[Display specifications]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1 < TP Co o r d i n a t e s t e s t >
D 2

4 AD ( 0 , 0 )
5

6 ( 3 3 , 3 8 ) Display is made in HEX.


7 ( 0 , 0 )
8

9 m ( 0 , 0 )
10 ( 0 , 0 )
11

12 [ A . MENU ] : Re t u r n t o Me nu
13
E

AD: AD data value (X direction, Y direction), representing the coordinate of the point pressed, is displayed.
VD EP2: VD value (the value registered at the time of circumference setting) preset in the EEPROM.
VD: VD value currently being pressed.
NORMAL: The coordinate (X direction, Y direction), which is the result of normalizing the AD data value currently
being pressed within the effective range, is displayed.
CALIBRATION: The coordinate (X direction, Y direction), which is the result of applying the correction by calibration
to the normalized coordinate, is displayed.

[Key operation specifications]


Remote
Operational controller
description key
F
To top menu MENU_ENTER

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
96
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

[Calibration verification]

[Outline] A
After calibrating, the operation of normal correction is confirmed by this menu.
Touch the cursor “+” displayed on the screen. The correct touch will delete the cursor and another cursor will be displayed.
The incorrect touch will make the characters of cursor turn red.
Repeat this for 4 points, and “OK” is displayed upon the last press of 4th point.

[Display specifications]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

5
B
6

10

11

12

13

When the touched coordinate is beyond the range, the “+” turns red. (Refer to the following “Supplementary explanation.”)

C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

10

11 D
12

13

In case of normal termination (after pressing 4th point)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

6 E
7 O K
8

10

11

12 [ A . MENU ] : Re t u r n t o Menu
13

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
97
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

In case of forced termination (before pressing 4th point)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
A 1

7 N G
8

10

11

B 12 [ A . MENU ] : Re t u r n t o Menu
13

The following data will be written;


· Adjustment OK data

[Key operation specifications]

Remote
Operation controller
description key
To top menu MENU_ENTER

C
Supplementary explanation
By regarding the designated “+” mark as a center, the accepted range shall be set as the DA value of ±3 in X direction
and ±6 in Y direction (a value after 0-255 conversion).
For example, the coordinate of 1st point is shown in the following figure.

226 227

OK range
6
30 The area in which the coordinate exists
29
6
D

X = 226 , Y = 29
3 3

Regularized coordinates
X(DEC) Y(DEC)
1 226.0 29.0
2 226.0 206.0
3 35.0 206.0
4 35.0 29.0

E * Truncate after decimal point

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
98
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

[Data initialization]

[Outline]
Result of outermost circumference inspection and of calibration inspection (corrected value) are returned to their initial values. A
As for the initialized items, the initial values are written into the EEPROM and the adjustment information is cleared.

[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1 < T P d a t a i n t i a l i z e >
2

5
* F a c t o r y R a n g e i n i t
6
* F a c t o r y C a l i b r a t i o n i n i t
7
* U s e r R a n g e i n i t
B
8
* U s e r C a l i b r a t i o n i n i t
9

10

11 [ BACK ] : D a t a i n i t i a l i z e
12 [ A . ME N U ] : R e t u r n t o m e n u
13

Conditions for the adjustment completion mark (*) to be lighted up.


(The mark will be lighted up if one of the multiple conditions is met.)

Outermost circumference inspection


When the outermost circumference inspection of the calibration for line has been completed normally.

16 point adjustment C
When the 16 point adjustment of the calibration for line has been completed normally.

User outermost circumference inspection


When the user outermost circumference inspection of the calibration for line has been completed normally.

User 16 point adjustment


When the user 16 point adjustment of the calibration for line has been completed normally.

Conditions for the adjustment completion mark (*) to go out.

Outermost circumference inspection


When the above mentioned lighting conditions are not applicable.
When the adjusted value has been initialized (Data initialize).
When the EEPROM has been initialized.

16 point adjustment D
When the above mentioned lighting conditions are not applicable.
When the adjusted value has been initialized (Data initialize).
When the EEPROM has been initialized.

User outermost circumference inspection


When the above mentioned lighting conditions are not applicable.
In case the outermost circumference inspection of the calibration for line or the 16-point adjustment is normally terminated
after normal termination of the outermost circumference inspection for user calibration.
When the adjusted value has been initialized (Data initialize).
When the EEPROM has been initialized.

User 16 point adjustment


When the above mentioned lighting conditions are not applicable.
In case the outermost circumference inspection of the calibration for line or the 16-point adjustment is normally terminated
after normal termination of the outermost circumference inspection for user calibration. E
When the adjusted value has been initialized (Data initialize).
When the EEPROM has been initialized.

[key operation spesifications]


Operational Remote
controller
description key
Determination of initializing item BACK
Selected cursor up movement
Selected cursor down movement
To top menu MENU_ENTER

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
99
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

8.6 MONITOR ADJUSTMENT

A
Perform the monitor adjustment on the monitor test mode.

[Outline of monitor test mode]


It is a mode used to adjust each preset value stored in the EEPROM for storing the preset values.
The adjusted values are stored in the EEPROM for storing the preset value.

[Method for Mode IN]


- When the reset start is done while pushing MUTE and OPEN/CLOSE, it shifts to the touch panel adjustment mode.

[Composition of menu of monitor setting value adjustment mode]


- The monitor setting value adjustment mode is the following menu composition.
B . Flicker adjustment menu
. Line adjustment 1 menu
. Line adjustment 2 menu
. Line adjustment 3 menu
. Line adjustment 4 menu
. Line adjustment 5 menu
. Line adjustment 6 menu
. Line adjustment 7 menu
. Line adjustment 8 menu
. Line adjustment 9 menu
. Line adjustment 10 menu
. Dimmer parameter setting menu
. Horizontal stripes
. Vertical stripes
. Lattice
. Window & One line stripe
C
. Color
. Ramp & 10 step
. All screens (BLUE)
. All screens (GREEN)
. All screens (RED)
. All screens (BLACK)
. All screens (GRAY)
. All screens (WHITE)

- When mode IN is done, the flicker adjustment menu is displayed first.

[Operational specifications(menu commonness)]


D Operational description Upper key Remote control key Main unit key
Menu page select- V.ADJ BAND/ESC PGM (TA/NEWS)
Menu page select+ ENT BACK DISP
Selection cursor upward movement BAND/ESC i -
Selection cursor downward movement ATT u -
Item content adjustment - DISP r -
Item content adjustment + DISP t -
Select a item desired to be adjusted by using the key allocated for "selection cursor up/down movement",
and value is adjusted by using the key allocated for "Item content adjustment +/-".
Moreover, the page is switched with a key allocated in "Menu page select +/-".
The page changes by the toggle.

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
100
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

[Basic explanation of each menu]


- In the "setting content", adjustment range, initial value, and displayed character string of the items preset in each menu are described.
A
[Example) Setting content]
Setting item
Adjustment range Initial value
Content Displayed character string
Dot search threshold TH DOT 0-255 112
YS search threshold TH YS 0-4 3
Phase search threshold TH PHASE 0-255 112
X disp X DISP 0-63 32
YS disp YS DISP 0-4 2

Character string displayed on the screen.


- In the "display specifications", the screen actually displayed under each menu is explained.
Display example is shown below for explanation.

[Example)Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1 < L I NE3 >
2 B
The item being selected
3 TH DOT 1 1 2 selected by i u key is painted
4 TH YS 3 painted out by the blue cursor.
5 TH PHASE 1 1 2
6 X D I SP 3 2
Display of
7 YS D I SP 2
preset value.
8

10 Setting item is displayed.


11

12

13

- Cursor color
When accessing normally to EEPROM:
The cursor color will change bluet redt blue.
(It is not an error though the cursor might not become red for the convenience C
of the display cycle.)
When accessing abnormally to EEPROM(error):
The cursor color will stay red (bluet redt red) even if the key is released.
Note) When a value is changed continuously, the cursor color may change bluet redt redt ...t blue.
But it is not an error. (The red color continues for the convenience of the display cycle.)

[Flicker adjustment menu]

[Setting content]
Setting item
Adjustment range Initial value
Content Displayed character string
Common inverted output center value COM DC 0-255 92

- The content of "Common inverted output center value" reflects equivalence in "Common inverted output center value reference value.
Supplement) "Common inverted output center value reference value" is an initial value set in the line.
D

[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1

2 < F L I CKER AD J US T >


3

4 COM
C O MDCD C 9 92
2
5

10

11

12 E
13

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
101
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Line adjustment 1 menu

[Setting content]
Setting item
Displayed character string
Adjustment range Initial value
A Content
Bright BRIGHT 0-255 150
RGB simultaneous contrast(SA0C[D7-0]) CONTRAST 0-255 168
Common inverted output amplitude adjusted value COM AMP AJ 0-255 150
R output DC offset(SA1A[D11-8]) ROUT BIAS 0-15 8
G output DC offset(SA1C[D11-8]) GOUT BIAS 0-15 8
B output DC offset(SA1E[D11-8]) BOUT BIAS 0-15 8
Main Y contrast(SA0F[D5-0]) RGB CNTRST 0-63 34
Sub Y contrast(SA13[D5-0]) CMP CNTRST 0-63 26

- The bright value is determined by the image quality setting table based on the user setting step and the
common inverted output amplitude adjusted value (COM AMPAJ).
This bright value controls the output of [DACDI] of the monitor micro computer terminal.
Supplement 1) When the bright value is changed in the test mode, however, it will not be reflected in the user setting step value.
Supplement 2) In the test mode during monitor unit operation, the user setting step will not be reflected in the bright value calculation.

Note 1… The "black density (=bright)"adjustment by the user is accomplished only by controlling
the common inverted output amplitude, and the brightness of the double window IC is not used.
Note 2… The content of bright and of RGB simultaneous contrast are reference values (adjustable though)
only when adjusting other items, and are not stored in the EEPROM.
B Note 3… Be careful as the content of R (G/B) output DC offset, mainY contrast and sub Y contrast are different
between the displayed values (EEPROM written values) and the register setting values in the double window IC.
(Because the relationship between the double window IC register value and the screen output value is not linear,
there is a need for conversion by software.)

[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1 < L I NE1 >
2

3 BR I GH T 1 5 0
4 CON T RAS T 1 6 8
5 C OM AMP A J 1 5 0
6 ROU T B I AS 8
7 GOU T B I A S 8
8 BOU T B I AS 8
9 RGB CN T R S T 3 4
C 10 CMP CN T R S T 2 6
11 D I THER B I T OF F
12

13

Line adjustment 2 menu

[Setting content]
Setting item
Displayed character string
Adjustment range Initial value
Content
RGB & YS horizontal positioning(SA2B[D15-8]) DOT H POSIT 0-255 63
YS sampling phase 1(SA2D[D15-1]) YS SAMPL 0-15 12
AD sampling phase B(SA2D[D11-8]) B SAMPL 0-15 12
AD sampling phase G(SA2D[D7-4]) G SAMPL 0-15 12
AD sampling phase R(SA2D[D3-0]) R SAMPL 0-15 12
YS internal delay adjustment(SA2F[D3-0]) YS DELAY 0-15 12

D
- The content adjusted by "A" reflects equivalence in the reference value corresponding to each item.
Supplement) Each reference value is an initial value set in the line.

Note 1… Be careful as the displayed value (EEPROM written value) and the register setting values in
the double window IC are different for the following items.
(Because the relationship between the double window IC register value and the screen output
value is not linear, there is a need for conversion by software.)
. YS sampling phase 1
. AD sampling phase B
. AD sampling phase G
. AD sampling phase R
. YS internal delay adjustment

[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1 < L I NE2 >


2
E
3 DOT H POS I T 6 3
4 Y S S AMP L 1 2
5 B S AMP L 1 2
6 G S AMP L 1 2
7 R S AMP L 1 2
8 YS DELAY 1 2
9

10

11

12

13

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
102
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Line adjustment 3 menu


[Setting content]
Setting item
Displayed character string Adjustment range
Initial value
Content
Dot search threshold 0-255
A
TH DOT 112
YS search threshold TH YS 0-4 3
Phas search threshold TH PHASE 0-255 112
X disp X DISP 0-63 32
YS disp YS DISP 0-4 2

[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1 < L I NE3 >


2

3 TH DOT 1 1 2
4 TH YS 3
5 TH PHASE 1 1 2
6 X D I SP 3 2
7 YS D I SP 2
8
B
9

10

11

12

13

Line adjustment 4 menu


[Setting content]
Setting item
Adjustment range Initial value
Content Displayed character string
Main horizontal enhancer gain(SA10[D13-12]) M H GAIN 0-3 0
Main horizontal enhancer limiter(SA10[D11-10]) M H LIMIT 0-3 0
Main horizontal enhancer f0(SA10[D8]) M H F0 0-1 0
Main vertical enhancer gain(SA10[D7-6]) M V GAIN 0-3 0
Main vertical enhancer return(SA10[D5-4]) M V ORI 0-3 0
Main vertical enhancer corering(SA10[D3-2]) M V CORE 0-3 0
C
[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1 < L I NE4 >
2

3 M H GA I N 0
4 M H L I M I T 0
5 M H F0 0
6 M V GA I N 0
7 M V OR I 0
8 M V COR E 0
9

10

11

12
D
13

Line adjustment 5 menu


[Setting content]
Setting item
Adjustment range Initial value
Content Displayed character string
Sub horizontal enhancer gain(SA10[D13-12]) S H GAIN 0-3 0
Sub horizontal enhancer limiter(SA10[D11-10]) S H LIMIT 0-3 1
Sub horizontal enhancer f0(SA10[D8]) S H F0 0-1 1
Sub verticall enhancer gain(SA10[D7-6]) S V GAIN 0-3 0
Sub verticall enhancer return(SA10[D5-4]) S V ORI 0-3 1
Sub verticall enhancer corering(SA10[D3-2]) S V CORE 0-3 2

[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1 < L I NE5 > E


2

3 S H GA I N 0
4 S H L I M I T 1
5 S H F0 1
6 S V GA I N 0
7 S V OR I 1
8 S V COR E 2
9

10

11

12

13

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
103
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Line adjustment 6 menu

[Setting content]
A Setting item
Adjustment range Initial value
Content Displayed character string
Brightness R(SA0C[D13-8]) BRIGHT R 0-63 16
Brightness G(SA0D[D13-8]) BRIGHT G 0-63 16
Brightness B(SA0E[D13-8]) BRIGHT B 0-63 16
correction ON/OFF(SA1A[D15]) GAMMA OFF
RGB simultaneous 1 inflection point(SA1A[D5-0]) GAMMA 1 0-63 0
RGB simultaneous 2 inflection point(SA1B[D12-8]) GAMMA 2 0-31 4
RGB simultaneous 3 inflection point(SA1B[D4-0]) GAMMA 3 0-31 1
RGB simultaneous inclination A(SA1A[D14-12]) GAMMASLP A 0-7 4
RGB simultaneous inclination B(SA1B[D15-13]) GAMMASLP B 0-7 1
RGB simultaneous inclination C(SA1B[D7-5]) GAMMASLP C 0-7 1

Note 1… Be careful as the displayed value (EEPROM written value) and the register setting values in
the double window IC are different for the following items.
(Because the relationship between the double window IC register value and the screen output
value is not linear, there is a need for conversion by software.)
. Brightness R
. Brightness G
B . Brightness B

[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1 < L I NE6 >
2

3 BR I GH T R 1 6
4 BR I GH T G 1 6
5 BR I GH T B 1 6
6 G A MM A OF F
7 G A MM A 1 0
8 G A MM A 2 4
9 G A MM A 3 1
10 G A MM A S LP A 4
11 G A MM A S LP B 1
12 G A MM A S LP C 1
C
13

Line adjustment 7 menu

[Setting content]
Setting item
Adjustment range Initial value
Content Displayed character string
Main PLL0(SA24[D15-8]) MAIN PLL0 0-255 158
Main PLL1(SA24[D7-0]) MAIN PLL1 0-255 13
Main PLL2(SA25[D15-8]) MAIN PLL2 0-255 204
Main PLL3(SA25[D7-0]) MAIN PLL3 0-255 4

[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

D 1 < L I NE7 >


2

3 MA I N P L L 0 1 5 8
4 MA I N P L L 1 1 3
5 MA I N P L L 2 2 0 4
6 MA I N P L L 3 4
7

10

11

12

13

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
104
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

Line adjustment 8 menu

[Setting content]
Setting item A
Adjustment range Initial value
Content Displayed character string
During TV, Sub PLL0(SA26[D15-8]) SUB PLL0 TV 0-255 140
During TV, Sub PLL1(SA26[D7-0]) SUB PLL1 TV 0-255 136
Other, Sub PLL0(SA27[D15-8]) SUB PLL0 0-255 140
Other, Sub PLL1(SA27[D7-0]) SUB PLL1 0-255 141
During TV, Sub PLL2(SA28[D15-8]) SUB PLL2 TV 0-255 100
During TV, Sub PLL3(SA28[D7-0]) SUB PLL3 TV 0-255 68
Other, Sub PLL2(SA29[D15-8]) SUB PLL2 0-255 152
Other, Sub PLL3(SA29[D7-0]) SUB PLL3 0-255 137

[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1 < L I NE8 >
2

3 SUB P L L 0 TV 1 4 0
4 SUB P L L 1 TV 1 3 6
5 SUB P L L 0 1 4 0 B
6 SUB P L L 1 1 4 1
7 SUB P L L 2 TV 1 0 0
8 SUB P L L 3 TV 6 8
9 SUB P L L 2 1 5 2
10 SUB P L L 3 1 3 7
11

12

13

Line adjustment 9 menu

[Setting content] C
Setting item
Adjustment range Initial value
Content Displayed character string
SA46[D15-8] SA46H UPPER 0-255 2
SA46[D7-0] SA46H LOWER 0-255 0
SA47[D15-8] SA47H UPPER 0-255 0
SA47[D7-0] SA47H LOWER 0-255 0
SA48[D15-8] SA48H UPPER 0-255 0
SA48[D7-0] SA48H LOWER 0-255 0
SA49[D15-8] SA49H UPPER 0-255 0
SA49[D7-0] SA49H LOWER 0-255 0
SA4A[D15-8] SA4AH UPPER 0-255 0
SA4A[D7-0] SA4AH LOWER 0-255 0

[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1 < L I NE9 >
2
D
3 SA 4 6H UPPER 2
4 SA 4 6H L OW E R 0
5 SA 4 7H UPPER 0
6 SA 4 7H L OW E R 0
7 SA 4 8H UPPER 0
8 SA 4 8H L OW E R 0
9 SA 4 9H UPPER 0
10 SA 4 9H L OW E R 0
11 SA 4 AH UPPER 0
12 SA 4 AH L OW E R 0
13

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
105
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

Line adjustment 10 menu

[Setting content]
Setting item
A Content Displayed character string
Adjustment range Initial value
SA4B[D15-8] SA4BH UPPER 0-255 0
SA4B[D7-0] SA4BH LOWER 0-255 0
SA4C[D15-8] SA4CH UPPER 0-255 0
SA4C[D7-0] SA4CH LOWER 0-255 0
SA4D[D15-8] SA4DH UPPER 0-255 0
SA4D[D7-0] SA4DH LOWER 0-255 0
SA4E[D15-8] SA4EH UPPER 0-255 0
SA4E[D7-0] SA4EH LOWER 0-255 0
SA4F[D15-8] SA4FH UPPER 0-255 0
SA4F[D7-0] SA4FH LOWER 0-255 0

[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1 < L I NE1 0 >


2

3 SA 4 BH UPPER 0
B
4 SA 4 BH L OW E R 0
5 SA 4 CH UPPER 0
6 SA 4 CH L OW E R 0
7 SA 4 DH UPPER 0
8 SA 4 DH L OW E R 0
9 SA 4 EH UPPER 0
10 SA 4 EH L OW E R 0
11 SA 4 FH UPPER 0
12 SA 4 FH L OW E R 0
13

Dimmer parameter setting menu


C
[Setting content]
Setting item
Adjustment range Initial value
Content Displayed character string
Backlight output max value BL MAX 0x00-0xFF C4
Backlight output min value BL MIN 0x00-0xFE 59
Dimmer threshold value (high) REF H 0x01-0xFE C0
Dimmer threshold value (low) REF L 0x00-0xFD 60
External light point (high) LUM H 0x02-0xFF E2
External light point (medium) LUM M 0x01-0xFE 87
External light point (low) LUM L 0x00-0xFD 52
Backlight point (high) BL H 0x00-0xFF C4
Backlight point (medium) BL M 0x00-0xFF C4
Backlight point (low) BL L 0x00-0xFF 68

- The data of the points (coordinates) for the dimmer is stored in the EEPROM but not used for CS calculation
as it is changed by the user operation.

Note 1… The adjustment range of each item listed above is the range applicable when the following
relationships are satisfied.
D The value which destroys the relationship below cannot be set even if it is within the adjustment range.
* Regarding the backlight output minimum value, there is a relationship where ;
"backlight output minimum value < backlight output maximum value"
and "backlight output minimum value backlight point (low)"
* "External light point (low) dimmer threshold value (low) < external light point (medium)
dimmer threshold value (high) < external light point (high)"
* "Backlight point (low) backlight point (medium) backlight point (high) backlight output maximum value"

[Display specifications]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1 < D I MM E R AD J US T >
2

3 B L MA X C 4
4 BL M I N 5 9
5 REF H C 0
6 REF L 6 0
E 7 L UM H E 2
8 L UM M 8 7
9 L UM L 5 2
10 BL H C 4
11 BL M C 4
12 BL L 6 8
13

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
106
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

The cases where the displayed value (EEPROM written value) and the register setting values in the double A
window IC are different are summarized below.

Line adjustment 1 menu


[R (G/B) output DC offset]
Displayed value(=adjust EEPROM written Double window IC register
value)(DEC) value value
15 15 0111 (MAX)
14 14 0110
: : :
9 9 0001
8 8 0000 (TYP)
7 7 1111
: : :
1 1 1001 B
0 0 1000 (MIN)

[Main Y contrast, Sub Y contrast]


Displayed value(=adjust EEPROM written Double window IC register
value)(DEC) value value
63 63 011111 (MAX)
62 62 011110
: : :
33 33 000001
32 32 000000 (TYP)
31 31 111111
: : :
1 1 100001
0 0 100000 (MIN)

C
Line adjustment 2 menu
[YS sampling phase 1, AD sampling phase B/G/R, YS internal delay adjustment]
Displayed value(=adjust EEPROM written Double window IC register
value)(DEC) value value
15 15 0111 (MAX)
14 14 0110
: : :
9 9 0001
8 8 0000 (TYP)
7 7 1111
: : :
1 1 1001
0 0 1000 (MIN)

D
Line adjustment 6 menu
[Brightness R/G/B]
Displayed value(=adjust EEPROM written Double window IC register
value)(DEC) value value
63 63 011111 (MAX)
62 62 011110
: : :
33 33 000001
32 32 000000 (TYP)
31 31 111111
: : :
1 1 100001
0 0 100000 (MIN)

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
107
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

9. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST


NOTES : Parts marked by " * " are generally unavailable because they are not in our Master Spare Parts List.
The > mark found on some component parts indicates the importance of the safety factor of the part.
A
Therefore, when replacing, be sure to use parts of identical designation.
"
Screw adjacent to mark on the product are used for disassembly.
For the applying amount of lubricants or glue, follow the instructions in this manual.
(In the case of no amount instructions,apply as you think it appropriate.)
9.1 PACKING

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
108
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

(1) PACKING SECTION PARTS LIST


Mark No. Description Part No. Mark No. Description Part No.

1 Antenna Cable CDH1376 17 Polyethylene Bag CEG1116


2 Cord Assy CDP1013 18 Sub Unit Box CHG6195
A
3 Screw Assy CEA5144 19 Unit Box See Contrast table (2)
4 Screw BMZ50P060FTC 20 Contain Box See Contrast table (2)
5 Screw(M4 x 3) CBA1870
21 Protector CHP2540
6 Screw CMZ50P060FTC 22 Protector CHP3351
* 7 Polyethylene Sheet CNM4338 23 Protector CHP3352
* 8 Accessory Assy CEA9765 24 Protector CHP3353
9 Screw CBA1650 25 Sheet CNN1741
10 Bracket CND4079
26 Cord Assy CDP1040
11 Bush CNV3930 27-1 Owner's Manual CRB2974 B
12 Pen CNV8969 27-2 Owner's Manual See Contrast table (2)
* 13 Polyethylene Bag E36-615 27-3 Owner's Manual See Contrast table (2)
14 Screw JGZ20P070FTC 27-4 Installation Manual See Contrast table (2)
15 Polyethylene Bag CEG1042
27-5 Caution Card CRP1387
16 Air Cushioned Bag CEG1081 28 Remote Control Unit CXC6317

(2) CONTRAST TABLE


AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC, AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RD and AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RI are constructed the same except for
the following:
C
Mark No. Description AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RD AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RI
19 Unit Box CHG6763 CHG6764 CHG6765
20 Contain Box CHL6763 CHL6764 CHL6765
27-2 Owner's Manual CRB2975 CRB2977 CRB2979
27-3 Owner's Manual CRB2976 CRB2978 Not used
27-4 Installation Manual CRD4405 CRD4406 CRD4407
Owner's Manual,Installation Manual
Part No. Language

CRB2974 English
D
CRB2975 Korean

CRB2976 Traditional Chinese

CRD4405 English, Korean, Traditional Chinese

CRB2977 Spanish(Espanol)

CRB2978 Portuguese(B)

CRD4406 English, Spanish(Espanol), Portuguese(B)

CRB2979 Arabic

CRD4407 English, Arabic


E

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
109
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

9.2 EXTERIOR(1)

Panel Assy
E

B A

C C

B A

C
D
E
B

A
D

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
110
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

EXTERIOR(1) SECTION PARTS LIST


Mark No. Description Part No.
1 Screw AMZ26P040FTC
2 Screw BMZ20P030FTB A
3 Screw BMZ26P030FTC
4 Screw BMZ26P120FTC
5 Cord Assy CDE8528

6 Cap CNS1472
7 Cord Assy CDE8529
8 Cord Assy CDE8530
9 Cord Assy CDE8740
10 Panel CNB3539

11 Case CNB3540 B
12 Holder CND4167
13 Holder CND4280
14 Insulator CNN2006
15 Heat Sink CNR1941

16 Cap CNV6727
17 DVD Amp Unit (RC) CWN3852
DVD Amp Unit (RD) CWN3853
DVD Amp Unit (RI) CWN3854
18 Plug(CN171) CKM1516
C

19 Jack(JA431) CKN1050
20 Jack(JA951) CKN1050
21 Connector(JA751) CKS3414
22 Connector(CN401) CKS4674
23 Connector(CN951) CKS4817

24 Connector(CN1251) CKS4822
25 Connector(CN852) CKS4825
26 Connector(CN441) CKS5496
27 Connector(CN121) CKS5566 D
28 Connector(CN851) CKS5644

29 Connector(CN801) CKS5660
30 Connector(CN601) CKS5757
31 Connector(CN550) CKS5967
32 Holder CND4275
33 Holder CND4276

34 Holder CND4278
35 Holder CND4279
36 Connector(JA1901) CKS5683 E
37 Connector(CN1901) CKS5861
38 Holder CND4277

39 Fan Motor CXM1262


40 Screw PMZ20P160FTC
41 IC(IC151) PAL007C
42 Resistor RS1/2PMF102J

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
111
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

9.3 EXTERIOR(2)

C
B A

B B
C H

Drive Unit
E

E
F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
112
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

EXTERIOR(2) SECTION PARTS LIST


Mark No. Description Part No.
1 Screw BMZ20P025FTC
2 Screw BMZ26P030FTC A
3 Screw(M2 x 1.4) CBA1593
4 Screw(M2 x 2) CBA1872
5 Screw(M2 x 1.4) CBA2042

6 Cord CDE8589
7 Holder CND3271
8 Bracket CND3842
9 Bracket CND3843
10 Bracket CND3845

11 Bracket CND4285 B
12 Insulator CNN2007
13 Flexible PCB CNQ1956
14 Screw BPZ20P060FTC
15 Flat Cable CDE8887

16 Sheet CNN1694
17 Grille CNS9746
18 Touch Panel CSX1115
19 Screw(M2 x 2) CBA1872
20 Holder CND4272
C

21 Sheet CNN1748
22 Sheet CNN1749
23 Sheet CNN1750
24 Insulator CNN2209
25 Monitor Unit CWN4088

26 Connector(CN5201) CKS4428
27 Connector(CN5004) CKS5033
28 Connector(CN5602) CKS5033
29 Connector(CN5002) CKS5105 D
30 Connector(CN5501) CKS5111

31 Connector(CN5001) CKS5698
32 Terminal(KN5401) CKF1068
33 LCD Module CWX3264
34 DVD Mechanism Module(MS5AVCOD) CXK6631
35 Cover Unit CXE1302

36 Flat Cable CDE8886

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
113
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

9.4 EXTERIOR(3)

C
C
B

A
D

F
A

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
114
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

EXTERIOR(3) SECTION PARTS LIST


Mark No. Description Part No. Mark No. Description Part No.

1 Screw BMZ20P030FTB 50 Cap CNS1472


2 Screw(M2 x 3) CBA1877 A
3 Holder CND3854 51 Resistor RS1/2PMF102J
4 Bracket CND3855 52 •••••
5 Panel CNS9453 53 IC(IC3) NJM2388F84
54 Remoto IC(IC3011) GP1UXC14RK
6 Screw ASZ26P050FTC 55 Screw CMZ50P060FTC
7 Screw BSZ26P050FTC
8 Chassis CNA3037 56 Remote Control Unit CXC6317
9 Case CNB3468 57 Cover CZN7062
10 Insulator CNN2008

11 Tuner Box Unit CWN3130 B


12 Screw BSZ26P060FTC
13 Connector(JA2) CKS4663
14 Antenna Jack(JA1) CKX1056
15 Holder CND4282

16 Holder CND4283
17 FM/AM Tuner Unit CWE2096
18 Connector(CN101) CKS4653
19 Connector(CN102) CKS4653
20 Holder CND4325
C

21 Detach Grille Assy CXE1167


22 Screw BPZ20P080FTB
23 Button(DETACH) CAI1176
24 Button(RESET) CAI1177
25 Button(EJECT, EQ, OPEN/CLOSE) CAI2251

26 Spring CBH2680
27 Cover CNS8964
28 Lighting Conductor CNW1471
29 Connector(CN3001) CKS4657 D
30 Spacer CNN2675

31 Grille Unit CXE1298


32 Knob Unit CXE1301
33 Spring CBL1761
34 Button CAI1460
35 Screw(M2 x 3) CBA2078

36 Screw(M2 x 3) CBA2079
37 Spring CBH2681
38 Spring CBH2682 E
39 Spring CBH2683
40 Holder CND3852

41 Holder CND3853
42 Arm CNV8571
43 Arm CNV8572
44 Arm CNV8573
45 Connector CKS4658

46 Flexible PCB CNQ2708


F
47 Panel Unit CXE1519
48 Cord Assy CDP1013
> 49 Fuse(10 A) CEK1136

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
115
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

9.5 EXTERIOR(4)
The application position of grease is referred to page 118 and page 119.

B
G
A

C
D

D K
L

B G
C
D
E

E A

: GEM1073
F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
116
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

EXTERIOR(4) SECTION PARTS LIST


Mark No. Description Part No. Mark No. Description Part No.

1 Drive Unit CXC9160 50 Guide CNV8999


2 Screw(M2 x 2) CBA2129 A
3 Screw(M2 x 1.5) CBA1615 51 Lever CNV9000
4 Screw(M2 x 2) CBA1872 52 Arm CNV9001
5 Screw(M2 x 3) CBA1877 53 Guide CNV9003
54 Guide CNV9004
6 Screw(M2.3 x 6) CBA2027 55 Guide CNV9534
7 Washer CBF1037
8 Washer CBF1039 56 Guide CNV9535
9 Washer CBF1064 57 Shaft CLA4665
10 Spring CBH2906 58 Gear CNW1055
59 Holder Unit CXC6145
11 Spring CBH2907 60 Motor Unit CXC6638 B
12 Spring CBH3004
13 Spring CBH3007 61 Screw JGZ20P025FTC
14 Spring CBL1723 62 Motor Unit CXC6639
15 Spring CBL1734 63 Screw JGZ20P025FTC
64 Chassis Unit CXC7638
16 Cord CDE8127 65 Case Unit CXC7640
17 Cord CDE8128
18 Shaft CLA4651 66 Frame Unit CXC9184
19 Shaft CLA4661 67 Screw JFZ17P025FTC
20 Shaft CLA4662 68 Washer YE15FTC
69 Screw(M2 x 3) CBA1877 C

21 Shaft CLA4666 70 Spring CBH2750


22 Shaft CLA4814
23 Shaft CLA4821 71 Spring CBL1766
24 Holder CND3245 72 Lever CND4077
25 Cover CND3252 73 Cover CNV9643
74 Arm CNV9644
26 Sheet CNN2791 75 Bracket Unit CXC7978
27 Sheet CNN1056
28 Sheet CNN1065 * 76 Main PCB Unit EWX1005
29 Insulator CNN1068 * 77 Volume PCB Unit EWX1006
D
30 Sheet CNN1349 * 78 Switch PCB Unit EWX1007
79 Screw(M2 x 2) CBA1955
31 Insulator CNN1583 80 Spacer CNN2051
32 Insulator CNN2168
33 Gear CNR1855
34 Gear CNR1856
35 Gear CNR1857

36 Gear CNR1859
37 Gear CNR1860
38 Gear CNR1861 E
39 Gear CNR1862
40 Gear CNR1864

41 Gear CNR1925
42 Gear CNR1926
43 Gear CNV8980
44 Gear CNV8981
45 Gear CNV8983

46 Gear CNV8984
F
47 Gear CNV8985
48 Rack CNV8995
49 Rack CNV8996

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
117
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

The gear assembly figure of the Drive Unit

A CNR1861 CNV8980 CNV8984


CNR1926
CNR1860 CNR1862

CNV8981 CNV8985

CNR1859

Grease

D
HOLDER
(CND3245)
(3)
(3)
(2)
(1)

HOLDER (1)
HOLDER

GEAR

(1)

(1) : GEM1011

F
(2) : GEM1043

(3) : GEM1047

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
118
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

(2)
B

(6) (6)

(5) (4) (4) (5)

(4) (4)

(1) (1)

(5)
(5)

D
(4)
(4)
(5) (5)
(4)
(2)
(4)

(4)

E
(4)
(4)
(2)

(1) : GEM1011

(2) : GEM1043

(3) : GEM1047

(4) : GEM1024
(2) F
(5) : GEM1072
(6) : GEM1071

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
119
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

9.6 DVD MECHANISM MODULE

A
(A)

(C)
(B)
(C)
(B)

(B) (B)
B
(C)

(A)

A
E
A
(C)
C

(D)

(B)

(A)
(A)
(A)
(A)

F
D B (A)

C
B
(A)
C
D
E
(A)

D (A)
(C) (A)
F
E
(C)
(A)
(A) (B)
E
(B)

(A) : GEM1045 (A)

(B) : GEM1043

(C) : GEM1024
(A)
(D) : GEM1050 D
F

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
120
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

DVD MECHANISM MODULE SECTION PARTS LIST


Mark No. Description Part No. Mark No. Description Part No.

1 DVD Core Unit YWX5005 50 Damper CNV9061


2 Connector(CN1852) CKS4817 A
3 Connector(CN1101) CKS4841 51 Damper CNV9062
4 Connector(CN1301) CKS5017 52 Collar CNV8845
5 Connector(CN1201) CKS5043 53 Lever CNV8865
54 Rack CNV9063
6 Connector(CN1901) CKS5054 55 Arm CNV8867
7 •••••
8 Screw BMZ20P020FTC 56 Arm CNV8868
9 Screw BMZ20P025FNI 57 Arm CNV9577
10 Screw CBA1787 58 Arm CNV8870
59 Arm CNV8871
11 Washer CBF1038 60 Arm CNV8872 B
12 Washer CBF1064
13 Spring CBH3022 61 Arm CNV8873
14 Spring CBH3023 62 Gear CNV8874
15 Spring CBH2589 63 Gear CNV8875
64 Gear CNV8876
16 Spring CBH2590 65 Gear CNV8877
17 Spring CBH3031
18 Spring CBH2592 66 Gear CNV8878
19 Spring CBH2593 67 Gear CNV8879
20 Spring CBH2596 68 Lever CNV8903
69 Lever CNV8904 C

21 Spring CBH2597 70 Roller CNV8905


22 Spring CBL1726
23 Spring CBH2599 71 Lever CNV8908
24 Spring CBH2600 72 Arm CNV8909
25 Spring CBH2601 73 Guide CNV9569
74 Arm CNV9116
26 Spring CBH3025 75 Arm CNV9117
27 Spring CBH2604
28 Spring CBH2605 76 Compound Unit(A) CWX3595
29 Spring CBH2710 77 Compound Unit(B) CWX3559
D
30 Spring CBH2711 78 Arm Unit CXC7872
79 Frame Unit CXC6442
31 Spring CBH2935 80 Bracket Unit CXB8685
32 Spring CBH2890
33 Spring CBL1689 81 Chassis Unit CXC6443
34 Spring CBH3024 82 Motor Unit(LOAD)(M1) CXC4912
35 Shaft CLA4206 83 Motor(STEPPING)(M2) CXM1364
84 Arm Unit CXC5486
36 Shaft CLA4701 85 Roller Unit CXC5708
37 Lever CNC9933
38 Holder CND5006 86 Motor(SPDL)(M3) CXM1362 E
39 Frame CND2250 87 Screw JFZ20P018FTC
40 Holder CND2251 88 Washer YE20FTC
89 Pickup Unit(Service) CXX2118
41 Holder CND3936 90 Screw IMS20P030FTC
42 Sheet CNM6883
43 Sheet CNM8697 91 Collar CNV9570
44 Sheet CNM9658 92 Shaft CLA4771
45 Sheet CNM9407

46 Cam CNV7156
F
47 Clamper CNV7158
48 Roller CNV7165
49 Rack CNV7175

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
121
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

10. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM


10.1 DVD AMP UNIT(AMP)(GUIDE PAGE)
A Note: When ordering service parts, be sure to refer to " EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST" or
"ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST".
Large size
SCH diagram
chip size
1608
A-a 1/3 FM: +8.1dBs
AM: -1.9dBs
VCR:+14.3dBs
iPod:+14.4dBs
RCA OUT
RCAOUT & VCR & B.CAMERA
A-a A-b
2125 IP-BUS:+14.3dBs USB:+13.7dBs

REARVOUT
B.CAMERA
VCRAGND

VCRAGND

VCRVGND
MINI JACK

BC_VGND
3216 AUX:+14.3dBs DVD/CD:+14.2dBs

VCR_R

VCR_V
VCR_L
AGND

AGND

AGND

AGND

VGND
RR
FR
RL
FL
AGND
VGND

AUXR
AUXV

AUXL
1 19

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18
1

9
CN121

5
CKS4587

TP121

TP122

TP123

TP124
CN852

TP125

TP126

TP127

TP128

TP129

TP130

TP131

TP132

TP133
A-a A-b

TP856

TP855

TP853

TP852

TP851
Guide page 2 20
mi
D854 MALS068X

TP134
C852 0.1u/50
NM NM
D856 MALS068X
C102 C103
A-a A-b Detailed page 47k 47k
GNDA
GNDA
NM NM
D858 MALS068X
R102 R103 C112 C113

B C851 0.1u/50 47k 47k

2
IMH23

miniSMDC075F/24
R112 R113

P121
R854 R855 R856 C1 1 6 E1 RCAMUTE
GND B2 2 5 B1

1
75 22k 22k
C2 4 3 E2

R121
E2 3 4 C2
Q101 B1 5 2 B2 VCR:+8.2dBs
R863

R864

R865

R866

R867
0

0
E1 6 1 C1

D101
Q111

R111

82

R114
DAP202U
IMH23

82

VCR_RG

VCR VG
VCR_LG

VCR_R
VCR_L
R104

82

D111
AUVGND

AUAGND

DAP202U
C111
AUX_R
AUX_V

AUX_L

4.7u/10
R101

C114
82

4.7u/10
GNDA

C104
4.7u/10
C101

4.7u/10

RCA_RR
RCA_FL

RCA_RL

RCA_FR
RCA_RL

RCA_FL
RCA_FR
PA_RR

RCA_RR
PA_FR

PA_RL
PA_FL
E.VOL OUT
R201 R203 R209 R211
C FM: +8.1dBs
2.7k 1.6k 1.6k 2.7k
EV12 AM: -1.9dBs
R202 R204 R210 R212
IP-BUS:+14.3dBs
E.VOL IN 2.7k 1.6k 1.6k 2.7k AUX:+14.3dBs
IC201 R208

0
VCR:+14.3dBs
PML018A iPod:+14.4dBs
FM:-14.0dBs C215
AM:-24.0dBs 47u/16 USB:+13.7dBs
PGND Pref
IP-BUS: +2.2dBs 15 14 C216 DVD/CD:+14.2dBs
Pre/SW_R Vp
AUX: +2.2dBs 0.1u/16
16 13 C208
VCR: +2.2dBs Rear_R
Pre/SW_L
iPod: +1.3dBs 17
Front_R
12 CCG1203-A
10u/10
SYS+B
USB: +0.6dBs R205 1k 18
Rear_L
11
R213
C217 47u/16
EVSDT
DVD/CD: +5.1dBs DATA
Front_L 0
R206 1k 19 10 C218 0.1u/10
EVSCK
CLK Vcc
R207 1k 20 9 C207 10u/16
EVSTB
STB Vref
21 8 C219
C202 GND IN1_L
2.2u/10 22 7 2.2u/10 C209
1500p/50
IN1_R IN2_L
NM
C201

2.2u/10 C203 23 6 2.2u/10 C210 R216


IN2_R IN3_L
24 5 2.2u/10 C211 56k
D%

IN3_R IN4-_L
D%

2.2u/10 C205 25 4 2.2u/10 C212 GNDA


R214

100

IN4-_R IN4+_L
56k
1500p/50

C204 26 3
R215 100

2.2u/10
IN4+_R IN5+_L
C213
E.VOL INPUT 0.1u/10 C206 27
IN5+_R IN5-_L
2 0.1u/10
EVOL CAPTAIN
R217

28 1 0.22u/16 C214
1 MS5
C220

2 AV SEL
D
3 -
4 IP_BUS
IPOD_VG

BEGND
AUVGND
BUSR+

TUN_R

BUSL+
IPOD_V

TUN_L
BUSR-

BUSL-
MS_R

MS_L
AUX_V

5 TUNNER
GNDA

AVSDA
MS_V

AVSCL

BC_VG

BC_V
AV SELECTOR
A 2/3 VCR_VG

VCR_V
uCOMBUS
MONI
D%

R309
R325

R302

R318

R303

R321

R307

R329

R333

0
100

0.1u

0.1u

MONVBS
0

C317

C315
C319

C321

C323

C325
C327

C329
C331

C333
C335

C337

1u
1u
R306

GNDV
48

47

V6-1 46

45

44

43

42

41

40

39

V1-2 38

37

SYS+B
V6-2

V5-2

V5-1

V4-2

V4-1

V3-2

V3-1

V2-2

V2-1

V1-1

1 36 R340 220
R351

22k

2 35 R341 220
SCL
CCG1178-A

VCC1
R345

47u/16
0

0.1u/10

BIAS1 SDA C339


3 IC301 34
E SELV_1
/6R3

GND1 VOUT1
C311 0.1u/10 AN15887A
0.1u/10

4 33 100u/10
L1-1 FB1
C312 0.1u/10 5 VIDEO AUDIO 32 C341 220u/4 R344 R343
R_VOUT
C305

C306

C307

22

L1-2 VOUT2
C309

C313 0.1u/10 6 1 MS5 - 31 68 4.7


R1-1 FB2
C314 0.1u/10 100u/6.3
C351

R352

R353

7 2 VCR VCR 30 C342


1u/16

30k

R1-2 LOUT2
GNDV 1u/16 C308 R308 D% 8 3 - USB 29
VCR_L R301
100 L2-1 ROUT2
1u/16 C310 R310
VCR_LG D% 9 4 ipod ipod 28 C343 1u/16
22k L2-2 LOUT1
100 10 5 mini mini 27 C344 1u/16
VCC2 ROUT1
11 BIAS2 6 B.CAM R5-2 26 R338 C345 1u/16
GND2 R5-1 GNDV
CCG1178-A

12 25 R339 C346
22u/6R3
0.1u/10

R2-1
R2-2

R3-1

R3-2

R4-1

R4-2
L3-1

L3-2

L4-1

L4-2

L5-1
L5-2
47u/16

C347
0.1u/10

1u/16
6800p/25

AV SELECTOR IN 100
D%
13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24
D%

AUX:+2.2dBs
C301

C302

C303

C304

0 R317

0 R319

0 R320
0 R322

VCR:+8.2dBs
R314

R316

R324

R326

R328

R330

R332

R334
100

100

iPod:+1.3dBs
USB:+0.6dBs 101 PREOU
C316

C318
1u/16

121 VCR IN
C320

C322

C324

C326

C328

C330

C332

C334

C336

C338

S1G-6904G2P

R304
141 BGSENS
D301 0
151 POWER
D302 R305 0 171 SENS
6800p/25
R327

C348
22k

S1G-6904G2P R311 201 EVOL


22k

GNDA
301 AV SEL
22k
351 VBS AJU

F
VCR_R

VCR_RG

R331
IPOD_R

IPOD_AG

AUAGND
USB_L

USB_R

AUX_R
IPOD_L

AUX_L

ANALOG BUS
A 2/3
A 1/3
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
122
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

B.CAMERA
A-b 1/3
REARVOUT
B.CAMERA
VCRAGND

VCRVGND

BC_VGND
VCR_R

VCR_V
VCR_L

VGND

A 1/3 DVD AMP UNIT(AMP)


NC

BG
10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

P122
TP127

TP128

TP129

TP130

TP131

TP132

TP133

1 2

miniSMDC075F/24 GNDV
C140
TP134

TP142
C124 0.1u/50 0.1u/50

D122 MALS068X

CTF1295-A
D123 MALS068X L140
SYS+B
1
P123
2 2E 1
Q152
6 2C
BUP
AMP
NM C121 0.1u/50 IC151
2B 2 5 1B TP151
GNDA PAL007C

R153
D126 MALS068X R151 R152 D152
B

10k
R140

10k

1C 3 4 1E
1 1.TAB
D127 MALS068X S1G-6904G2P UMD3N
0 UMD2N 2.2k 2.PW.GND2
E2 4 2
C122 0.1u/50 22K 3 C2

Q151

NM
FL-

C151

C177
3.FL-

47u/16

47u/16
DAN202U
3
UDZS5R6(B)

MALS068X B2 5 2 B1
D140

R154
D121

D151
BGSENS

47k
4 4.STBY
R121

R122
75

75

C141 C1 6 1 E1
VCR:+8.2dBs C123 0.1u/50 FL+ 5.FL+
5

SYSMUTE
Q153

OFFMUTE
0.1u/50 GNDA
6 6.VCC1/2
GNDD GNDA
GNDA FR- 7.FR-
7
VCR_RG

VCR_VG

R_VOUT
VCR_LG

8 8.PW.GND1
DTC114EUA
VCR_R

BC_VG
VCR_V
VCR_L

C162
Q141
BC_V

10u/35 FR+ 9.FR+


GND 9
ACC33 CCG1236-A-T
10 10.SVR
R141
PA_FR C152 C156 (106/16)
11 11.FRIN
100k 0.47u/16 0.47u/16
PA_FL C153 C157
12 12.FLIN
0.47u/16 0.47u/16
13 13.S-GND
PA_RL C154 C158
14 14.RLIN
0.47u/16 0.47u/16
PA_RR C155 C159
15 15.RRIN
0.47u/16 0.47u/16 C160 C164
16 16.ACGND
2.2u/16 2.2u/16
RR+
BGSENS

17 17.RR+
SYS+B C161
R155 R157 0.1u/50
GNDA 18 18.PW.GND3
AMPPW 68k 68k RR-
19 19.RR-
Q154 R156 R158 C163
uCOM BUS E1 1 6 C1
20 20.VCC3/4
1.5k
SYSMUTE B1 2 5 B2 100 CCH1428-A RL+
21 21.RL+ C

C166
(102/16)

4.7u/10
C2 3 4 E2
22 22.MUTE
UMH1N RL- 23.RL-
23

24 24.PW.GND4
AMPMUTE
25 25.B.REMOTE
GNDA GND
OFFMUTE

SYS+B

S1G-6904G2P
OFFMUTE

D153
8.2V D155 R159
D154
S1G-6904G2P
1SS355 10k TP152 6.2V
TP153
R160 D156
C165
2SC4081(QRS)
C167

10u/10

Q155

100k UDZS8R2(B)
R161

47k

0.1u/50

GND

GNDA ACC33
3.4V
CN171
PBSENS
TP176
R173

47k

TELMUTE D172 L172 FL-


2.2u 1
R176 FL-
TP185
D
47k

C1

B2

E2
6

10k RL-
2
UMT1N

DAN202U RL-
Q171

C171

0.01u/50
R171

C173

TP175
0.1u/50

BREM

FL+
1

3
C2

3
E1

B1

FL+
PBSENS TP184
R175
GNDD RL+
4
GNDD 47k
D171 TP178 RL+
R172 R174
L171 R177
FR-
47k 4.7k 5
2.2u 15k TP187 FR-
C172

TELMUTE DAN202U
0.1u/50

RR-
6
RR-
TP177
FR+
MONITOR VBS BUFFER GNDD TP186
7
FR+
5.0V
TP189 TP191 D174 ASENS RR+
8
R179 HZU7L(A1)
MONVBS RR+
TP183
R184 10k
BSENS
9
0 P.B.
TP194 TP193
R355
C1

B2

E2

10
6

VGND
R181

R182

C174
UMX1N

680
0.1u/50
47k

4.7k

TP171
Q172
R351

GNDV
22k

11
1

3
C2
E1

B1

ACC
Q351
2SC4081(QRS)
TP172 E
12
R354 R185 B.REM
2SA1576A(RS) ASENS TP181
Q352
D%

2k D% 0
GNDD 13
6.5V
TP188
C351

R352

R353

R356

ILM
BSENS
680
1u/16

30k

1.2k

TP190 TP182
R178 D173
14
100k TP174 MUTE
HZU7L(C3) 14.4V BUP TP173
R180

47k

15
B.UP
GNDV TP196 TP195 TP180 TP179
GNDD
16
GND
S1G-6904G2P

S1G-6904G2P

ISENS ISENS
D175

D176

6.5V
GND
TP192 SP OUT
R183 D177
Q173
DTC114EUA
10k 1SS355 FM:+30.1dBs
C175

C176
1u/16

0.1u/50

101 PREOUT MUTE


AM:+20.1dBs
121 VCR IN
IP-BUS:+36.3dBs
AUX:+36.3dBs
141 BGSENS
VCR:+36.3dBs
151 POWER AMP
GNDD iPod:+36.4dBs
171 SENS
USB:+35.7dBs
201 EVOL DVD/CD:+36.2dBs
301 AV SELECTER
351 VBS AJUST
NM : No Mount NOTE :
Symbol indicates a resistor.
F
No differentiation is made between chip resistors and
The > mark found on some component parts indicates
discrete resistors.
the importance of the safety factor of the part.
Symbol indicates a capacitor.
Therefore, when replacing, be sure to use parts of
identical designation.
No differentiation is made between chip capacitors and
discrete capacitors.
A 1/3
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
123
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
F
E
B
A

D
C

124
A-a A-b
A-b 1/3

1
1

REARVOUT
NC
BG
A 1/3 DVD AMP UNIT(AMP)

18
19
20
P122
1 2

miniSMDC075F/24 GNDV
C140

C124 0.1u/50 0.1u/50

TP142
D122 MALS068X
D123 MALS068X

L140
P123 Q152 SYS+B
1 2 2E 1 6 2C AMP

CTF1295-A
C121 0.1u/50 BUP IC151
NM 2B 2 5 1B TP151
D126 MALS068X R151 GNDA R152 D152 PAL007C

10k
1C 3 4 1E 1.TAB

R153

10k
1

R140
D127 MALS068X S1G-6904G2P UMD3N
0 UMD2N 2.2k 2.PW.GND2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


2
0.1u/50 22K E2 4 3 C2

2
2

C122 FL- 3.FL-

NM
MALS068X 3
D121

Q151
B2 5 2 B1

C151
C177
BGSENS
47k
4.STBY

47u/16
47u/16

D140
R154

D151
4
C141

75
75
C1 6 1 E1

DAN202U
FL+

R121
C123 0.1u/50 5.FL+

R122
Q153 5

UDZS5R6(B)
0.1u/50 GNDA
6 6.VCC1/2
GNDD GNDA
GNDA FR- 7.FR-

SYSMUTE
7

OFFMUTE
8 8.PW.GND1
C162
10u/35 FR+ 9.FR+
9

Q141
GND

VCR_RG
VCR_VG
VCR_V
BC_V
BC_VG
R_VOUT
ACC33 CCG1236-A-T
10 10.SVR
R141

DTC114EUA
PA_FR C152 C156 (106/16)
11 11.FRIN
100k 0.47u/16 0.47u/16
PA_FL C153 C157
12 12.FLIN
0.47u/16 0.47u/16
13 13.S-GND

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
PA_RL C154 C158
14 14.RLIN
0.47u/16 0.47u/16
PA_RR C155 C159
15 15.RRIN
0.47u/16 0.47u/16 C160 C164
16 16.ACGND

3
3

2.2u/16 2.2u/16
RR+ 17.RR+
SYS+B C161 17
R155 R157 0.1u/50
GNDA 18 18.PW.GND3

BGSENS
AMPPW 68k 68k RR-
19 19.RR-
Q154 R156 R158 C163
uCOM BUS E1 1 6 C1
20 20.VCC3/4
SYSMUTE 1.5k 100 RL+
B1 2 5 B2 CCH1428-A 21.RL+
21
(102/16)
C2 3 4 E2 22.MUTE
C166

22
UMH1N
4.7u/10

RL- 23.RL-
23

24 24.PW.GND4
AMPMUTE
25 25.B.REMOTE
GNDA GND
OFFMUTE

SYS+B
8.2V D155 OFFMUTE
R159
D153

D154
S1G-6904G2P
1SS355

4
10k
4

TP152 6.2V
S1G-6904G2P

TP153
R160 D156
C165

100k UDZS8R2(B)
C167

0.1u/50
Q155
47k

10u/10
R161

GND
2SC4081(QRS)

GNDA ACC33
3.4V
CN171
PBSENS
TP176
100k UDZS8R2(B)

C16
0.1u/50

Q155
47k

10u/10
R161
GND

2SC4081(QR
GNDA ACC33
3.4V
CN171
PBSENS
TP176

47k
TELMUTE L172 FL-

R173
D172 1
R176 2.2u FL-
TP185
5

6
5
4

C1
B2
E2

47k

5
10k RL-
2
DAN202U RL-
TP175

C171

Q171
UMT1N

R171
C173
FL+

1
2
3
0.01u/50
3

0.1u/50

E1
B1
C2
BREM
FL+
PBSENS TP184
R175
GNDD RL+
4
GNDD 47k
D171 TP178 RL+
R172 R174
L171 R177
FR-
47k 4.7k 5
2.2u 15k TP187 FR-

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DAN202U
TELMUTE RR-

C172
6

0.1u/50
RR-
TP177
FR+
7
ONITOR VBS BUFFER GNDD TP186 FR+
5.0V
TP189 TP191 D174 ASENS RR+
HZU7L(A1) 8
R179 RR+
TP183

6
6

R184 10k
BSENS
9
0 P.B.
TP194 TP193
R355

6
5
4

C1
B2
E2
10
680 VGND
TP171

47k

R181
R182
4.7k
C174
GNDV

Q172
UMX1N

22k
0.1u/50
11

1
2
3
ACC

E1
B1
C2
Q351 TP172
2SC4081(QRS)
12
R354 R185 B.REM
2SA1576A(RS) ASENS TP181
Q352
D% 0

D%
2k
GNDD 13
6.5V
ILM
TP190 BSENS TP182

30k
680
TP188

R353
R356
1.2k
R178 D173
14
100k TP174 MUTE
HZU7L(C3) 14.4V BUP TP173

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
47k

R180
15
B.UP

7
7

TP196 TP195 TP180 TP179


GNDD
16
GND
ISENS ISENS
6.5V
GND
D175
D176

TP192 SP OUT
R183 D177
Q173
S1G-6904G2P
S1G-6904G2P

DTC114EUA
10k 1SS355 FM:+30.1dBs
REOUT MUTE
AM:+20.1dBs
C175
C176

1u/16

IP-BUS:+36.3dBs
0.1u/50

CR IN
AUX:+36.3dBs
GSENS
VCR:+36.3dBs
OWER AMP
GNDD iPod:+36.4dBs
ENS
USB:+35.7dBs
VOL DVD/CD:+36.2dBs
V SELECTER
BS AJUST
NM : No Mount NOTE :
Symbol indicates a resistor.
8

8
No differentiation is made between chip resistors and
The > mark found on some component parts indicates
discrete resistors.
the importance of the safety factor of the part.
Symbol indicates a capacitor.
Therefore, when replacing, be sure to use parts of
No differentiation is made between chip capacitors and
identical designation.
A-a A-b discrete capacitors.
A-b 1/3

125
E
A

D
C

F
B
F
E
B
A

D
C

126
A-a A-b RCA OUT
chip size A-b 1/3
FM: +8.1dBs VCR:+14.3dBs RCAOUT & VCR & B.CAMERA
1608 AM: -1.9dBs iPod:+14.4dBs
2125 IP-BUS:+14.3dBs USB:+13.7dBs
AUX:+14.3dBs DVD/CD:+14.2dBs

A-a 1/3
3216 MINI JACK

1
1

AGND
FL
AGND
RL
FR
AGND
RR
AGND
VCRAGND
VCR_L
VCR_R
VCRAGND
VCRVGND
VCR_V
B.CAMERA
BC_VGND
VGND
REARVOUT
NC
BG

1 19

AUXR
AGND
AUXL

AUXV
VGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

1
2
3
4
5
CKS4587 CN121
P122

TP121
TP122
TP123
TP124
CN852 1 2
2 20

TP125
TP126
TP127
TP128
TP129
TP130
TP131
TP132
TP133

miniSMDC075F/24

TP856
TP855
TP853
TP852
TP851
D854 MALS068X
TP134

C852 0.1u/50
NM NM D1

D856 MALS068X D1
C102 C103
GNDA
GNDA
47k 47k NM NM
D858 MALS068X
R102 R103 C112 C113

C851 0.1u/50 47k 47k D1


2

IMH23 D
R112 R113

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


R854 R855 R856 C1 1 6 E1 RCAMUTE

2
2

P121
1

75 22k 22k GND B2 2 5 B1 D


C2 4 3 E2
75
75

E2 3 4 C2
Q101 VCR:+8.2dBs
R121

B1 5 2 B2
R122

miniSMDC075F/24

0
0
0
0
0
E1 6 1 C1

R863
R864
R865
R866
R867
Q111

82
IMH23

D101
82

R111
R114

82

DAP202U
R104
VCR_LG
VCR_L
VCR_R
VCR_RG
VCR_VG
VCR_V
BC_V
BC_VG
R_VOUT

D111

82
C111

R101
C114

AUX_V
AUVGND
AUX_R
AUAGND
AUX_L
4.7u/10
DAP202U

GNDA
4.7u/10

C104
4.7u/10

C101

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
4.7u/10

RCA_FL
RCA_RL
RCA_RR

RCA_FR

3
3

PA_FR
PA_RR
PA_RL
PA_FL

RCA_RL
RCA_FL

RCA_FR
RCA_RR
E.VOL OUT uCOM BUS
R201 R203 R209 R211

1.6k
FM: +8.1dBs
2.7k 1.6k 2.7k
EV12 AM: -1.9dBs
R202 R204 R210 R212
IP-BUS:+14.3dBs
E.VOL IN 2.7k 1.6k 1.6k 2.7k AUX:+14.3dBs
0

IC201 VCR:+14.3dBs
R208

PML018A
FM:-14.0dBs C215 iPod:+14.4dBs
AM:-24.0dBs 47u/16 USB:+13.7dBs
PGND Pref
IP-BUS: +2.2dBs 15 14 C216 DVD/CD:+14.2dBs
Pre/SW_R Vp
AUX: +2.2dBs 0.1u/16
16 13 C208
VCR: +2.2dBs Rear_R
Pre/SW_L CCG1203-A
iPod: +1.3dBs 17 12 SYS+B
Front_R 10u/10
USB: +0.6dBs Rear_L R213
R205 1k 18 11 C217 47u/16

4
4

EVSDT DATA
DVD/CD: +5.1dBs Front_L 0
R206 1k 19 10 C218 0.1u/10
EVSCK
CLK Vcc
R207 1k 20 9 C207 10u/16
EVSTB
STB Vref
21 8 C219
C202 GND IN1_L
2.2u/10 22 7 2.2u/10 C209
1500p/50
IN1_R IN2_L
2.2u/10 C203 23 6 2.2u/10 C210 R216

NM

C201
IN2_R IN3_L
24 5 2.2u/10 C211 56k
D%

IN3_R IN4-_L
2.2u/10 C205 25 4 2.2u/10 C212 GNDA

D%
IN4-_R IN4+_L
100

R214

2.2u/10 C204 26 3

56k
IN4+_R IN5+_L
C213

5 100
27 2 0.1u/10

500p/50
E.VOL INPUT 0.1u/10 C206
EVOL CAPTAIN
STB Vref
21 8 C219
C202 GND IN1_L
2.2u/10 22 7 2.2u/10 C209
1500p/50
IN1_R IN2_L
2.2u/10 C203 23 6 2.2u/10 C210 R216

NM

C201
IN2_R IN3_L
24 5 2.2u/10 C211 56k

D%
IN3_R IN4-_L
2.2u/10 C205 25 4 2.2u/10 C212 GNDA

D%
IN4-_R IN4+_L

100

R214
2.2u/10 C204 26 3

56k
IN4+_R IN5+_L
27 2 0.1u/10 C213
E.VOL INPUT 0.1u/10 C206

1500p/50
IN5+_R IN5-_L EVOL CAPTAIN

R215 100
28 1 0.22u/16 C214
1 MS5

R217
C220
2 AV SEL
5

5
3 -
4 IP_BUS
5 TUNNER

MS_R
BUSR+
BUSR-
TUN_R
BEGND
TUN_L
BUSL+
BUSL-
MS_L
GNDA

IPOD_V

AUX_V
AUVGND
IPOD_VG
AVSDA

MS_V
AVSCL

BC_VG

BC_V

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


AV SELECTOR VCR_VG
A 2/3 VCR_V
uCOMBUS
MONITOR VBS

D%
100
R309
R325
R302
R318
R303
R321
R307
R329
R333

0.1u
0.1u
MONVBS

6
6

0
1u

1u
C317
C315
C319
C321
C323
C325
C327
C329
C331
C333
C335
C337
GNDV
R355

48
47
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
37

R306
SYS+B
1 36 R340 220 680

V6-2
V6-1 46
V5-2
V5-1
V4-2
V4-1
V3-2
V3-1
V2-2
V2-1
V1-2 38
V1-1
2 35 R341 220
22k

SCL
R351

VCC1

0
BIAS1 SDA C339
3 34 SELV_1

R345
IC301 Q351
GND1 VOUT1

47u/16
AN15887A 2SC4081(QRS)

0.1u/10
C311 0.1u/10

/6R3
4 33 100u/10

CCG1178-A
L1-1 FB1
220u/4 R344 R343 R354

0.1u/10
C312 0.1u/10 5 VIDEO AUDIO 32 C341 R_VOUT
L1-2 VOUT2

22
C313 0.1u/10 6 1 MS5 - 31 D%

C305
C306
C307
D%

68 4.7 2k

C309
R1-1 FB2
C314 0.1u/10 7 2 VCR VCR 30 C342 100u/6.3
30k
680

R1-2 LOUT2
C351
R352
R353
R356
1 2k

1u/16

VCR_L GNDV R301 1u/16 C308 R308 D% 8 3 - USB 29


100 L2-1 ROUT2
1u/16 C310 R310
VCR_LG D% 9 4 ipod ipod 28 C343 1u/16
L2-2 LOUT1

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
22k
100 10 5 mini mini 27 C344 1u/16
VCC2 ROUT1
11 BIAS2 6 B.CAM R5-2 26 R338 C345 1u/16

7
7

GND2 R5-1 GNDV


12 25 R339 C346

R2-1
R2-2
L3-1
L3-2
R3-1
R3-2
L4-1
L4-2
R4-1
R4-2
L5-1
L5-2

1u/16
100
C347

22u/6R3

0.1u/10
AV SELECTOR IN

47u/16
D%

CCG1178-A

0.1u/10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
6800p/25

D%
AUX:+2.2dBs

C301
C302
VCR:+8.2dBs

C303
C304
100
100

R314
R316
R324
R326
R328
R330
R332
R334

iPod:+1.3dBs 0 R317
0 R319
0 R320
0 R322

USB:+0.6dBs 101 PREOUT MUTE


S1G-6904G2P 121 VCR IN
C316
C318

1u/16
C320
C322
C324
C326
C328
C330
C332
C334
C336
C338

R304
141 BGSENS
D301 0
151 POWER AMP
D302 R305 0 171 SENS
S1G-6904G2P R311 201 EVOL
22k

R327
C348

301 AV SELECTER
22k

GNDA
6800p/25

22k
351 VBS AJUST
R331

VCR_R
8

8
VCR_RG
IPOD_R

USB_L
USB_R
AUX_L
AUAGND
AUX_R

IPOD_AG

IPOD_L

ANALOG BUS
A 2/3
A-a A-b

A-a 1/3
A-b 1/3

127
E
A

D
C

F
B
1 2 3 4

10.2 DVD AMP UNIT(SYSTEM)(GUIDE PAGE)

A
A-a 2/3
WIRED REMOTE

WIREDAD
WIRED
GND
to TUNER BOX 5.2V
J CN101
JA431 ACC5
TP420 D431

ANGL0SW
2

1
4
3
2
MALS068X

ANGLEIN

SENSPW
20

MTRSEL
LIFTPUL

MTRPW

LFTSW

GNDFL
GNDFL
GNDFL
C444

GNDD

GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
MTRS

MTR2
MTR1

GND
GND
GND
VDD

BUP
BUP
BUP

GND
NC

NC

NC
NC
NC
0.1u/16
CKS4674
D432 IC441

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN401 1 19 GNDD TP421 MALS068X 1 1A 14

R432 1k

R431 1k

TP442
VCC 13

TP443
TP444
TP445
TP446
TP447

R445 TP448
TP449
TP450
TP451
TP452
RDSLOCK 1 GND 2 1B
4B 12

TP453
TP459
NC 2 3 1Y R441
4A 11 1k C447
RDSCK 3 4 2A GNDD GND

1k
TP403 4Y 10 R442 14.3V BUP 0.01u/16
DSEN 4 5 2B 3.4V GND
P441 ACC33
1k C448

1k
1k
3B 9 P443

R443

R444
R415 6 2Y

1k
RDSHSLK 5 CEK1276-A

1k
TP405 3A 8 LITTEL 0.25A 2 1 0.1u/10
TUNCE2 6
0 R409 7 GND CEK1284-A
>

R446
2 1

R447
3Y LITTEL 2A
>
0 DSENS ACC5
RSB6R8F2

RDSDATA 7 P442
CEK1276-A

DEG0SW

MONRST
TP407 GNDFL GNDD
D404

MTRSEL
TC74VHCT08AFTS1

MTRPW
LFTPUL
OSCGND 8 TUNCE2 5.2V

ANGLE

LFTSW
2 1

MTRS
MTR2

MTR1
I DGND
BEGND 10
9
TP408
TP409
TP410
GND
GNDD
R410
0 R411
TUNCK
S_TTUN
GNDD
> LITTEL 0.25A

0 0 R403

MTRPW
M_SRX

MONRST

DEG0SW

MTRSEL
JA2

S_MTX

MTRS
T_STUN
MONITOR BUS

MTR2
MTR1
LFTSW
TUNCK 11

LFTPUL

ANGLE
TP411 0 R404
TUN_R 12 TUNSL
RSB6R8F2

TP412
TUNDI 13
TP413 R422
D402

TUN_L 14 TUNCE

TUNDO 15
TP414 0 ANALOG BUS
RSB6R8F2
RSB6R8F2

TP415
B ROMVDD 16
D403
D401

TP416 GNDD
TUNSL 17
LDET 18
TP417 iPod & CPIC BUS
TP418

PSENSG
PSENS
PGSEL

PID
TUNCE 19 GNDD
TP419 BEGND
B.UP 20
TUNER BUS
R407

R408
22k

22k

D412 R413 TUN_R

TUNSL

DSENS
D411 0
TUN_L
VDD33 R414 POWER BUS *FOR SERVICE
> P402
MALS068X 0
3.3V
0.01u/16 R678 R690

VDSENS
SWBUP 14.3V

PPW
GND 1 2
CEK1278-A C401 NM 33k

iPod 500mA GNDD KEYBOARD BUS GNDD

DSENS
ROT1

ROT2

LEDCK

LEDCS
LEDDT
KEY1

KEY2
R907 StoITX
470 R911 IPOD_V

RB751S-40

AMPPW
R625
0

D602

RB751S-40

ISENS
SYS+B

10k
RSB6R8F2

R622

D603
100k
PGSEL
1 LOUT
D904

2 IPODAG
R913

NM

3 IPODAG
4 ROUT Q902
B

4 C2

R639
5 B1
6 E1

R626

100k
5 IPODVG

R629

R660

R671 100k
100k
1E 4 3 1C

1k
6 ACCDET
7 VOUT
R909

GND 1B 5 2 2B R641 15k


75

8 ACCPW
Q901

NM
CN1901

9 IPODGND

R643 1k
R646 1k
R649 1k
2C 6 1 2E

R653
10 ACCID NM

1k

R659

R661
11 IPODTX GNDD

1k

1k
1SS355

R638 100k
R601

D601
E2 3
B2 2
C1 1

R667

R640 1k
100k
12 IPODRX GNDD 4.7k
13 FWGND
14 FWPWR IPOD_VG C601

470
470
470
C613
R912

R666 1k

R664 1k

R658
1u/16 R630 4.7k

0.47u/16

100k
0.01u/16

R668
R1556
R1555
R1554
R627

C618
GNDIPOD IC602

1.5k
0 IPOD_AG 1 4
TP14

R903 OUT VSS


12 11 TP13
9 TP12
7 TP11
5 TP10

IPOD_L
TP9

0 GNDD
CN901

2 3

144
143
ISENS 142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121

LEDCK 120
LEDDT 119
LEDCS 118
117
116
115
RSB6R8F2
C VDD NC
3
1
14 13

D903
L602

MTRPW

AMPPW
PPOWER
S-80827CNNB-B8M C611

DEG0SW

MTRS

PSENSG
DSENS
10

VDSENS

MTR2
MTR1
WIREDAD

ANGLE

PSENS
MTRSEL
WIRED

PGSEL
TUNSL

NC
CTF1473-A

NC26

NC25

NC24
1

PID
ROTIN1
ROTIN2
KEYIN1
KEYIN2
8
6
4
2

1u/16
GND 2
AVREF0
TP17
TP18
TP19
TP20
TP21

R904 IPOD_R PRDY 3 AVSS


GNDD PRDY
R910 0 PSENSG PRST 4
PRST
13.7V 4.7k 5
C901

AVREF1
0.01u/16

FWPW SYSPW R612 100 6


R623 SYSPW
R908
510k D%

ACCPW R613 47k 7


1k

100 ACCPW
Q903 R606 8
R901

GNDD PSENS FLMD0


E2 4 FLMD0
3 C2 L601 2.2u 0 C606 0.1u/10 9
PID VDD33
RSB6R8F2

RSB6R8F2

B2 5 VDD
R902 2 B1 3.3V C612
D901

10
D902

C1 6 E1 C605 C607 REGC


UMH1N 1
C603
C602

39k D% 9p/50 4.7u/6.3 11


10u/6.3
NM

1000p/50 VSS
GNDD CSS1703-B
R906 ItoSRX 12
4.718592MHz
4 3
X1 IC601
1 2
470 C604 X601 R621 13
9p/50 X2
R905

100k

RESET 1k 14
GNDD RESET
GNDD C616 15
RESET
R614 1k 0.1u/16 16
XT1 PE5673A
GND TP601 XT2
R608 R620 17
LFTPULS
1k 18
100k LDET
R763 BUSL- 19
iPod & CP BUS

R615 RCK R688 R689 R694 R695 MODEL1 MODEL0


R762 1k BUSR- DRST R605 20
100k
1k R604 21
DRST
RC 100k 100k H L
1k R602 1.8k STNDBY
R757

R761
22k

22k

1k C608 22
AVSDA NM AVSDATA RD 100k 100k L H
R752 180 C609 23
BUSR+ AVSCL NM AVSCK
R754 180 BUSL+ R603 1.8k 24 RI 100k 100k H H
LFTSW
C751 1000p/50 R618 220 25
ACC5 TXMON
JA751 11 TP1 C752 5.2V IP-BUS:+2.2dBs R619 220 26
CTF1389-A

TP2 RXMON
1000p/50 R624 27
D NC
L751

10 TP3
R758 100k 28
9 TP4 GND SECID
R751 R633 1k 29
R519

100k

8 TP5 100 MONIRST


R755

R616 1k 30
R764

2.2k IC751
15

1k

7 ASENBO
8 1 R617 4.7k 31
6 TP6 STBY DIN1 TXIE
IP-BUS 7 2 32
R756

5 VCC ROUT RXIE


47

6 3 C610 33
4 BUS+ DIN2 EVSS
R759 5 4 R607 0.01u/16 34
3 BUS- GND EVDD
C753
KEYBOARD BUS

100 35

VDCONT
0
BGSENS

GNDD
PBSENS

DDCCTL

XRESET
CLCNT1
CLCNT2
POWER BUS

RXIPOD
SWVDD

TXIPOD
PDT
JTAG BUS

AMUTE
BRXEN

RXMS5
2

IRQPW
TXMS5
39 CPCLK

TP8 HA12241FP

BSRQ
BSCK
BRST

BEEP
0.1u/10 36
DDO

DMS
DCK

BSO
NC3

PCK NC4
DDI

BSI

1
NC
NC

NC
NC
37
38

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
GNDD
C754

0.1u/16

BUP

1k
1k

R665 100k
14.3V
R628

Q751
R635

USB1

USB2

R670
0

R637
100k

100k

100k
1 6 GNDD
R632
100k

R662

R663
R642

E1 C1
100k

R654 100k

R656 100k

R753
R645 4.7k
R652 4.7k

2 5
C617

B1 B2
R677 0
NM

GND R760
3.3k 3 4
C2 E2
5.6k UMF23N SWVDD

GNDD
DDO

DMS
DCK
DDI

8.0V VD8
CN801 TP803
R651 220
R655 220

R657 220
R647 220
R644 1k
BGSENS

R810
PBSENS
DDO

DMS

DCK
DRST

RESET
FLMD0
DDI

VD 1
0
100u/10

VD 2
C803
C802
0.1u/16

VD 3
TP815
RESET

BRXEN

NC 4
BSRQ
BSCK
BRST

BSIO

PGND 5
PGND 6
DDFCNT
DSENS

ROT2

ROT1

VDCNT
RESET

GNDDDC
KEY2

KEY1
ANALOG BUS

PGND 7
0.01u/50
C807

C808

C809

C810
NM

NM

NM

TP816
E DGND 8
DGND 9
CPCLK

DGND 10
SYS+B
PCK
PDT

DGND 11
8.2V
C801

0.1u/10

GND
DGND 12 GNDD
4 E2 R808

STANDBY

S_MSTX
MS_SRX
1k

AMUTE

TP801
IRQPW

NC 13
ItoSRX

XRES
StoITX

VDD5 14 5.1V
C804

6 C1
4.7u/6.3

5 B2

VDD5 15 VD5
UMD3N

D 2/2
Q801

VDD5 16 P801
VDD5 17 1 2

>
E1 1
B1 2
C2 3

18 CEK1281-A
NC 1.25A REM
CN1901 NC 19
D859
R853

R858

R859

R857

TP804 R807
1k

1k

1k

MALS068X
0

AMUTE D860 2SC4


AMUTE 20 TP805 470
VDD33 VDD 1k
R801 MALS068X 1 VDD33
R704 2.2k

XRES D861
0

0
0

0
0

XRES 21 3.3V GNDR697


TP806 1k R806 Q1551
1 8 IRQPW MALS068X 2 3.3V
R699
R700

R705
R701

R703
R702

22
CTF1306-A

IRQPWR Q
L701

TP807
5

2 7 S_MSTX GND 2SC


UMZ6R8EN

GNDD
0

S MS5TX 23 TP808 R706


5

4
D852

R1562
R1561
R1560

3 6 MS_SRX
R698
UMZ6R8EN

MS5 SRX 24 BZ601


TP809 CPV1063-A 1k
D853

4 5 STANDBY
R707

STANBY 25
1k

TP810 IC701
1
2
3

220 MS_R
AGND 26 TP811
NM
NM
NM

R802 GNDD 1 8
1
2
3

13
GND 1 2
11
10

ROUT 27 1A VCC
9
8
7
DMS 6
FLMDO 5
4
GND 3
DCK 2
GND 1

0 2 7
4 C2
5 B1
6 E1

DDO

DRST

RESET

AGND 28 1B 1Y
DDI
3.3V
3.3V

TP812 D801
NC

R803 GND 3 6
LOUT 29 2Y 2B
GND
IMH23

4 5
Q802

0 GNDA
AGND 30 TP813 CN601 GND 2A
R1565 0

R1564 0
0

VGND 31 DAP202U
R1566

C701

TP814
0.01u/16
E2 3
B2 2
C1 1

R804 TC7WH08FU
COMPOSIT 32 FLASH WRITE CONNECTOR
TP858

VGND 33
0 MS_L SWVDD33
KEYBOARD UNIT 8.0V
TP869
TP868
TP854

8.0V 3.3V
Y 34 GNDV DVD/CD:+5.1dBs ILMA ILMB 0 GNDD
VGND 35
F
TP867
TP866
TP865
TP864
TP863
TP862
TP861
TP860
TP859
TP857

UDZS5R6(B)

MS_V R862
D851

Cb 36
C805

C806
NM

NM

0.01u/50
C811

VGND 37
GND GNDD
Cr
DSENS 15
DGND 14
ILMGND 13
ROT2 12
KEY2 11
ROT1 10

38
9
8
REM 7
6
5
SWVDD33 4
3
GREEN 2
RED 1

VGND 39
CN851
RESET

BLUE
KEY1
ILMA

ILMB

GNDD GNDDDC R805 WAKEUP


WAKEUP 40 GNDD
TP802
0

A 2/3 C CN3001
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
128
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

A-b 2/3 A

G 2/2 CN5001

SWVDD33
SWVDD33
SWVDD33

GNDOSD
GNDOSD
MONRST

GNDOSD

MONVBS
A 2/3 DVD AMP UNIT(SYSTEM)
MFLPW
PWRFL
PWRFL
PWRFL
M_SRX
GNDFL
GNDFL
GNDFL

S_MTX

PWRVI
PWRVI
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD

GNDP
GNDP

GNDV

GNDV
ILMB
REM

GND
BUP
BUP

GND

NC
NC
NC
NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
CN441

TP458
TP453
TP454
TP455

TP456

TP460

TP461
chip size
TP457

C447 14.2V
13.5V
GNDD GNDV
401 TUNER INTERFACE
1608
CN501 NM
PWFL

14.3V BUP 0.01u/16 PWFL SWVDD33 431 WIRED REMOTE

10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
GND
C448 PWVI 3.3V
TP441
441 MONITOR INTERFACE 2125
P443
0

1 501 USB CONTROL IC 3216 USB33


R449

C443

C441
0.1u/10
0.1u/10

100u/6.3
>
R448

CEK1284-A GND 551 iPod CP IC


LITTEL 2A
GNDMP 601 SYSTEM MICOM
751 IP-BUS GNDD
MONRST

GNDFL GNDD

R451

USBtoF
FtoUSB
0

RESET
M_SRX
S_MTX

801 DVD MECHA INTERFACE


C445

C446

FLMD
0.1u/50

GNDD
0.01u/50

851 PANEL INTERFACE


901 iPod INTERFACE
951 OPT OUT
MTRPW
MTRSEL
MTRS
MTR2
MTR1

MONVBS
GNDD

ANALOG BUS
A 1/3
B

USB_L
USB_R
A 3/3
PSENSG
PSENS

POWER BUS
C519 C520
1800p/50 1800p/50

A 1/3
MFLPW
TUNCE
TUNCE2

uCOM BUS

R523

R524
CLCNT2
CLCNT1

820

820

BRST
LEDCK

LEDCS
LEDDT

USB33

R529 0
3.3V

CTF1473-A
AMPPW

EVSCK
EVSDT

R522 0
EVSTB

L502
R528 0
GNDA 16.934MHz
X501
CSS1603-A
SYSTEM MICOM 0.1u/10

22u/6.3
1 3

C505

0.1u/10
C506
1
R660

R671 100k

3
R673 470R669 100k
1k

C513

R525 0
2 2

C503

8
7
6
5
C504 0.1u/10
C524 GNDD

GND
NC
VCC

TEST
R659

R661

R674 470

R501
NM

NM
1k

1k

C510
47k
GNDA

IC502

NM
GNDD

0.1u/10
470
470
470

R675
100k

DO
C508

CS
0.1u/10

SK
DI
R658
100k

R668

C521
C522

C523

C509
59 1u/6.3

55 1u/6.3
R1556
R1555
R1554

52 0.1u/10
4.7k

464.7u/6.3

1
2
3
4
72
C33M 71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60

58
57
56

54
53

51
50
49
48
47

45
44
43
42
41
40
LRCKOK 39
38
37
R511
126
125
124
123
122
121

LEDCK 120
LEDDT 119
LEDCS 118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
FLMD1 110
109

MCKRQ
DGND

CGND
REGC

XGND
SVMON3
SVMON2
SVMON1
SVMON0
DOUT

DVDD

ROUT

CVDD
REGS

PPON

CONT
47k

DAGND2

DAGND1

XVDD

CD3VON
LRCK

DAVDD2

LOUT
DAVDD1
SCK0

REG16

TEST

OCI
F-REGC
/RCS

XTAL1

/PUEN
/STBY
/XTAL2

R510
MTRPW

AMPPW
DEG0SW

MTRS

NC

4.7k
PSENSG
MTR2
MTR1

TUNPCE
PSENS
MTRSEL

73 36
TUNPCE2
NC

NC18
CLCNT2
CLCNT1

108
CKE ROMCS
107 74 /RAS ROMCK 35 R512
NC17 /CAS0 ROMDATA
EVSEL 106 75 34 47k
EVSCK /CAS1 SCL
105 76 33 R527 47k
EVSDA /WE SDA R530
104 R686 77 32 47k
BVDD C615 /OE CPRST
103 0 78 31
BVSS RDB0 CPRDY R531
102 0.01u/16 79 30 47k
RECEIVE RDB1 ROM
101 80 29 R532 47k
RDSLK RDB2 LOEJ
100 81 28 BSRQ
RD57K RDB3 /BSRQ
99 82 27 BRXEN
NC16 RDB4 /BRXEN
98 83 26 R515 FtoUSB
RDT RDB5 FRXD
97 R696 84 25 NM R516 USBtoF
601 NC15
96 100k 85
RDB6 FTXD
24 NM BSCK
NC14 RDB7 /BSCK
95 R634 86 23
USBFLG RDB8 BSO
94 87 22
673A USBCNT
1k
RDB9 BSI
BSIO
100k

100k

93 88 21
R688

R694

R708
NC13 RDB10 CLCONT
92 NM 89 20 TP501 R526
NC RDB11 /TESTIN
R709 R508
MODEL1
91
90 NM
90
91
RDB12 IC501 CPSEL
19
18
10k
10k
94 R695 MODEL1 MODEL0 RESET
MODEL0 R710 RDB13 /ADENA
89 92 17 0.1u/10 R509 RESET
R689

R695
100k

100k

NC12 RDB14 /RESET


100k H L 88
NM
93 16 C512 FLMD
R711 1k

k L H
NC11
NC10
87 RC
0
94
RDB15
IOGND
PE5661A FLMD0
ADCGND
15 R506 C514
86 TP605 95 14 47k R507
R712 C501
CLKOUT R683 IOVDD ADCVDD
k H H 85 RD
0
0.1u/10 96 13 R505 0.1u/10
0
NC9 R676 100k R521 RA0 TEMP
84 R692 R713 97 12 47k R514 130k
MONTEST 100k RI 0 RA1 VDSENS
83 NM 0 98 11
TESTIN RA2 DSCSNS
82 TP607 99 10 R513 47k
TELMUTEIN
NC8
81 100
RA3
RA4
HOME
12EJ
9 R533 0 D
80 R687 101 8 R534 0
SYSMUTE RA5 8EJ
79 10k 102 7
RED_ON RA6 VDDQ
78 103 6 R503 33 R517 0 GNDD
ILM_ON 10k RA7 DP
0.1u/10 R685 104 5 R504 33 C518
77 C517
NC7 C614 RA8 DM 0.1u/10
76 1k R680 105 4 NM
WAKEUP2 RA9 GNDQ
75 106 RA10 /USBXTAL2 3 R502 C515
REFOUT

ADGND
ADVDD

BSENS RA11
AGND1

AGND2

R691 100k USBXTAL1


AVDD1

AVDD2
ATEST

ADCIN
AGC0

AGC1

ASENS 74 107 2 1p/50


VDCONT

TUNPDO

150
TUNPCK
DDCCTL

XRESET

EFM
CLCNT1
CLCNT2
RXIPOD

ASV

EQ2
EQ1

FED

TEC
TXIPOD

TUNPDI

RF1

C3T

RF0

RF2

TE0
TE2

X2 3

2
AMUTE

TCK
BRXEN

RXMS5

IRQPW

MD
TXMS5

SD

PD
FD
TD

RF

FE

TE

LD

GND1

TCK R693
BEEP

73 108 1
A
B

E
F
TSO
TSI
NC
NC

NC

GNDD
48.000MHz
CSS1756-A

100k
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
0.1u/10 117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
0.1u/10 128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144

X502
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72

R679

100k

GND2

TP604
C507
C502

C511

X1
0.1u/10

TP603 R520
1k
1k

1
R665 100k

470
R611 470
0
USB1

USB2

R670
100k

0
R631
R662

R663

100k
R656 100k

C516
R609
R610

1p/50
USB CONTROL
TUNCK
S_TTUN
USBCNT
USBFLG

T_STUN
R557

IPOD CP
1k

ACC33 3.3V
SYSMUTE

ACC33
TELMUTE

L550
ASENS
BSENS

10u
0.1u/10
C550

CLOCK_OUT 32
VCC2 40

NC15 34

NC13 31
nRESET 38
NC18 37

NC14 33
VSS 39

NC17 36
NC16 35
C551
22u/6.3
USBCNT
USBFLG

R560
1 VCC1 NC12 30
USB IC BUS GNDD 2 XIN NC11 29 15k
RED_ON
DDFCNT

R561
ILM_ON

3 XOUT NC10 28
VDCNT

POWER BUS
4 CLOCK_ENAB NC9 27 15k
E
5 NC1 IC550 NC8 26
R554 341S2304
6 NC2 NC7 25
CPCLK
PRST

10k
3
2
1

7 I2C_SCL NC6 24
iPod & CP BUS
GND
EN
FLG

R551 100k
R5523N001B

8 I2C_ADDR0 NC5 23
WAKEUP
S_MSTX

100k
MS_SRX

PCK R552
IC551
AMUTE

9 I2C_ADDR1 NC4 22
IRQPW

ACC5
ItoSRX

XRES

VOUT

R553 100k
11 CP_READY

10 I2C_ADDR2 SPI_UCLK 21
19 SPI_SIMO
20 SPI_SOMI

VIN

5.2V
DVD BUS
15 I2C_SDA

18 SPI_nSS

C553
16 MODE2
13 MODE1
12 MODE0

0.1u/10
17 ROSC

C554
0.1u/10
4

5
14 NC3

ILMB ACC5
S/PDIF OUT
R555

R556

R558

R559

2
100k

100k
F%
1k

10k

8.0V IC1551
2SC4081(QRS) 5.2V
CTF1713-A

VDD33 R1557 100k RED 1 8 LEDCS ACC5


L551

Q1551 A01 LD
3.3V R1558 100k GREEN 2 7 LEDCK 5.2V
A02
CTF1306-A

Q1552 CLK Q951


L701

2SC4081(QRS) R1559 100k BLUE 3 6 LEDDT 2SA1576A(RS)


A03 DI TP556 D501
4

GNDD
1
2.2u/10
2.2u/10

R706
R1562
R1561
R1560

C1552 2.2u/10

Q1553 4 5
R953

PRDY
100k

VCC GND
1k 2SC4081(QRS)
R707

R1551

R1552

R1553

C1551
1k

100k

100k

100k

1u/16
(225/10)

CTF1379-A

IC701 M62343FP PDT


R954
C1554
C1553

EMZC6.8N
10k
L952

DAC
NM
NM
NM

8
R563
R562

1A VCC
0
R564
R518

100k

7
TP551 0

1B 1Y TP951
GNDD
USGND 4 TP553
USBDP 3 TP554
USBDM 2 TP555

6
USGND 5 TP552

2Y 2B GNDD 5.2V

GND 2A
5 CN951 IC951 L951
CN550
TP952 1 5
USB5V 1
TP954

CTF1389-A GNDD

D 2/2 INB Vcc


C701
0.01u/16

TC7WH08FU 2 R951 2
C952
10u/6.3

0.1u/10
C951
MALS068X

INA
1 4 R955 USB:+0.6dBs
1 TP953

3
D951

0
R952

CN1852 GND OUTY


47k

120
GNDD TC7SET08FUS1
USB
4
3
2

S/PDIF IN F
GNDD

JA951
DIGITAL OUT

A 2/3
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
129
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
F
E
B
A

D
C

130
A-a A-b
A-b 2/3
G 2/2 CN5001

1
1

NC
GNDOSD

NC
NC
NC
GNDFL
GNDFL
GNDFL
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
MONRST
S_MTX
M_SRX
NC
PWRFL
PWRFL
PWRFL
PWRVI
PWRVI
NC
MFLPW
GNDP
GNDP
NC
REM
NC
ILMB
NC
SWVDD33
SWVDD33
SWVDD33
NC
GNDOSD
GNDV
GNDV
GND

MONVBS

GNDOSD

GND
A 2/3 DVD AMP UNIT(SYSTEM)

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
CN441
14.2V chip size

TP458
C447 GNDD GNDV

TP453
TP454
TP455
CN501 NM

TP456
TP460
TP461
13.5V 401 TUNER INTERFACE
1608

TP457
BUP PWFL SWVDD33

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

0.01u/16 431 WIRED REMOTE


10

GND TP441 2125

PWFL
PWVI

0
C448 3.3V 441 MONITOR INTERFACE
1 501 USB CONTROL IC 3216 USB33
0.1u/10

0
4-A GND 551 iPod CP IC

R449
C443
C441
2A

R448
>

0.1u/10
GNDMP 601 SYSTEM MICOM

100u/6.3
GNDFL GNDD 751 IP-BUS GNDD

0
801 DVD MECHA INTERFACE

R451
GNDD
851 PANEL INTERFACE

C445
C446

MONRST
USBtoF
FtoUSB
RESET
FLMD

S_MTX
M_SRX
901 iPod INTERFACE

0.1u/50

0.01u/50
951 OPT OUT

MTRS
MTRPW
GNDD

MTRSEL

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MONVBS
A 1/3

2
2

ANALOG BUS

USB_L

USB_R
A 3/3
POWER BUS

PSENS
C519 C520

PSENSG
1800p/50 1800p/50

A 1/3

TUNCE
MFLPW
uCOM BUS

TUNCE2
820
820

R523
R524

CLCNT2
CLCNT1
USB33
BRST

LEDCK
LEDDT
LEDCS
3.3V

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
R529 0

GNDA 16.934MHz
L502

AMPPW
EVSTB
EVSCK
EVSDT
X501

R522 0
CSS1603-A
CTF1473-A

1 3 0.1u/10
R528 0

SYSTEM MICOM 1 3

3
3

C505

1k
C506

C513
22u/6.3
0.1u/10
8
7
6
5

2 2 GNDD
C524

R671 100k
C503
R525 0
NC
VCC
GND

NM

1k
TEST

NM

GNDA

R661
47k

R501

GNDD
C510
NM

IC502

470
470
470
R673 470R669 100k
R674 470
C504 0.1u/10
CS
SK
DI
DO

0.1u/10

R675
100k
C508
1
2
3
4

0.1u/10

R668
C521

4.7k
C522
C523
C509

R1556
R1555
R1554
R511

72
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59 1u/6.3
58
57
56
55 1u/6.3
54
53
52 0.1u/10
51
50
49
48
47
464.7u/6.3
45
44
43
42
41
40
38
37

47k

124
123
122
121
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
OCI

/RCS
C33M 71
DOUT
SCK0
LRCK
DVDD
DGND
ROUT
REGC
LOUT
XVDD
XGND
CGND
CVDD
REGS
TEST
PPON
CONT

108 73 36

NC

NC
REG16
XTAL1
/STBY
/PUEN
MCKRQ
R510
4.7k

CKE SVMON3 ROMCS


SVMON2
SVMON1
SVMON0
DAVDD2
DAGND2
DAGND1
DAVDD1
/XTAL2
F-REGC
CD3VON
LRCKOK 39

R512

MTR1
MTRS
NC18
107 74 /RAS ROMCK 35

LEDCK 120
LEDDT 119
LEDCS 118

MTRPW
AMPPW
PSENS
FLMD1
NC17 /CAS0 ROMDATA

CLCNT2
CLCNT1

MTRSEL
PSENSG
TUNPCE
EVSEL 106 75 34

TUNPCE2
47k
EVSCK /CAS1 SCL
105 76 33 R527 47k
EVSDA /WE SDA R530
104 R686 77 32 47k
BVDD C615 /OE CPRST
103 0 78 31
BVSS RDB0 CPRDY R531
102 0.01u/16 79 30 47k
RECEIVE RDB1 ROM
101 80 29 R532 47k
RDSLK RDB2 LOEJ
100 81 28 BSRQ
RD57K RDB3 /BSRQ
99 82 27 BRXEN

4
4

NC16 RDB4 /BRXEN


98 83 26 R515 FtoUSB
RDT RDB5 FRXD
97 R696 84 25 NM R516 USBtoF
NC15 RDB6 FTXD
96 100k 85 24 NM BSCK
NC14 RDB7 /BSCK
95 R634 86 23
USBFLG RDB8 BSO
94 1k 87 22 BSIO
A USBCNT RDB9 BSI
93 R708 88 21
NC13 RDB10 CLCONT

100k
100k
TP501 R526

R688
R694
92 NM 89 20
NC RDB11 /TESTIN
91 R709 90 19 10k R508
MODEL1 RDB12 IC501 CPSEL
90 NM 91 18 10k
695 MODEL1 MODEL0 RESET
MODEL0 R710 RDB13 /ADENA
89 92 17 0.1u/10 R509 RESET
NC12 NM RDB14 /RESET
00k H L 88 93 16 C512 FLMD

R689
100k
R695
100k
NC11 R711 RDB15 FLMD0 1k
87 RC 94 PE5661A 15 R506 C514
L H NC10 0 IOGND ADCGND
86 TP605 95 14 47k R507
R712 C501
CLKOUT R683 IOVDD ADCVDD 0 1 /10
H H
NC14 RDB7 /BSCK
95 R634 86 23
USBFLG RDB8 BSO
94 1k 87 22 BSIO
A USBCNT RDB9 BSI
93 R708 88 21
NC13 RDB10 CLCONT

100k
100k
TP501 R526

R688
R694
92 NM 89 20
NC RDB11 /TESTIN
91 R709 90 19 10k R508
MODEL1 RDB12 IC501 CPSEL
90 NM 91 18 10k
695 MODEL1 MODEL0 RESET
MODEL0 R710 RDB13 /ADENA
89 92 17 0.1u/10 R509 RESET
NC12 NM RDB14 /RESET
00k H L 88 93 16 C512 FLMD

R689
100k
R695
100k
NC11 R711 RDB15 FLMD0 1k
87 RC 94 PE5661A 15 R506 C514
L H NC10 0 IOGND ADCGND
86 TP605 95 14 47k R507
R712 C501
CLKOUT R683 RD 0.1u/10 IOVDD ADCVDD 0.1u/10
H H 85 0 96 13 R505 0
NC9 R676 100k R521 RA0 TEMP
84 R692 R713 97 12 47k R514 130k
MONTEST 100k RI 0 RA1 VDSENS
83 NM 0 98 11
TESTIN RA2 DSCSNS
82 TP607 99 10 R513 47k
5

TELMUTEIN RA3 HOME

5
81 100 9 R533 0
NC8 RA4 12EJ
80 R687 101 8 R534 0
SYSMUTE RA5 8EJ
79 10k 102 7
RED_ON RA6 VDDQ
78 103 6 R503 33 R517 0
ILM_ON GNDD
0.1u/10 10k RA7 DP
77 R685 104 5 R504 33 C518 C517
NC7 C614 RA8 DM 0.1u/10
76 1k R680 105 4 NM
WAKEUP2 RA9 GNDQ
75 106 RA10 /USBXTAL2 3 R502 C515
BSENS R691 100k RA11 USBXTAL1
ASENS 74 107 2 150 1p/50
2

TCK
TCK R693

FD
TD
SD
MD
EFM
ASV
ATEST
AVDD1
AGND1
RF1
AGC0
C3T
AGC1
RF0
EQ2
EQ1
RF2
RF
AGND2
AVDD2
A
B
F
E
REFOUT
FE
FED
ADCIN
TE
TE0
TE2
TEC
LD
PD
ADVDD
ADGND
73 108 1
X2 3

GNDD

BEEP
NC
CLCNT1
NC
CLCNT2
RXIPOD
TXIPOD
TXMS5
RXMS5
XRESET
IRQPW
VDCONT
AMUTE
NC
TUNPDI
TUNPDO
TUNPCK
TSI
TSO
GND1

100k

109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144

57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


X502

TP604

R679
100k
48.000MHz
CSS1756-A

GND2
X1

C507

C502
TP603 R520

0.1u/10 128

0.1u/10
4
1

C511

1k
1k
0
470
0.1u/10

R670

USB1
USB2
100k
C516

R631
100k

R662
R663
1p/50

R611 470

R665 100k
R609
R610
USB CONTROL
TUNCK
S_TTUN
T_STUN
3.3V
USBFLG
USBCNT

1k

6
6

ACC33

R557
ACC33 IPOD CP
L550
10u

ASENS
BSENS
SYSMUTE
TELMUTE
C550
0.1u/10

C551
VSS 39
VCC2 40
NC17 36
NC16 35
NC14 33

NC18 37
NC15 34
NC13 31

22u/6.3
R560
nRESET 38

1 VCC1 NC12 30

USBCNT
USBFLG
USB IC BUS GNDD 15k
CLOCK_OUT 32

2 XIN NC11 29
R561
3 XOUT NC10 28
4 CLOCK_ENAB NC9 27 15k

VDCNT
ILM_ON
RED_ON
POWER BUS 5 NC1 IC550 NC8 26
R554 341S2304
6 NC2 NC7 25
3
2
1

10k 7 I2C_SCL NC6 24

PRST
CPCLK
iPod & CP BUS R551 100k
EN

8 I2C_ADDR0 NC5 23
FLG
GND

PCK R552 100k


9 I2C_ADDR1 NC4 22
100k
ACC5
R553
IC551

10 I2C_ADDR2 SPI_UCLK 21
5.2V

S_MSTX
XRES
IRQPW
AMUTE
WAKEUP

MS_SRX
VIN
VOUT
R5523N001B

DVD BUS
4
5

C553
0.1u/10
C554
0.1u/10

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
18 SPI_nSS
19 SPI_SIMO
20 SPI_SOMI

11 CP_READY
12 MODE0
13 MODE1
14 NC3
15 I2C_SDA
16 MODE2
17 ROSC
3
2

ILMB ACC5

7
7

1k
F%

8.0V S/PDIF OUT


10k

2SC4081(QRS) IC1551
R555
R556
100k
R558
R559
100k

5.2V
VDD33 R1557 100k RED 1 8 LEDCS
Q1551 A01 LD ACC5
R1558 100k GREEN 2 7 LEDCK
L551

3.3V A02 5.2V


Q1552 CLK Q951
CTF1713-A

2SC4081(QRS) R1559 100k BLUE 3 6 LEDDT 2SA1576A(RS)

L701
A03 DI TP556 D501
4
1

706 Q1553 4 5 GNDD


PRDY
VCC GND
2SC4081(QRS)

CTF1306-A
R953
100k

1k

R1562
R1561
R1560
2.2u/10
2.2u/10

1k
01 M62343FP PDT

R707
EMZC6.8N

100k
100k
100k

R1551
R1552
R1553
C1551
1u/16
10k

NM
NM
NM
R954

DAC
0

L952

(225/10)
C1554
VCC

C1553

C1552 2.2u/10
0
R563

7 TP951
R562

CTF1379-A
R564

1Y
R518
100k

6 GNDD
2B GNDD 5.2V
5 IC951 L951
TP551 0

2A
CN951 CN550
3 TP554
1

TP952 1 5 CTF1389-A GNDD


INB Vcc
H08FU 2 R951 2
TP954

INA

C701
D 2/2 1
C952

3 4 R955
C951

0 USB:+0.6dBs
USBDM 2 TP555

USGND 5 TP552
USGND 4 TP553
USBDP
USB5V

0.01u/16
10u/6.3
0.1u/10

GND OUTY
D951

47k
CN1852 120

R952
MALS068X

GNDD
1 TP953
4
3
2

TC7SET08FUS1

S/PDIF IN USB
GNDD
8

8
JA951
DIGITAL OUT

A-a A-b
A-b 2/3

131
E
A

D
C

F
B
F
E
B
A

D
C

132
A-a A-b
WIRED REMOTE A-b 2/3

GND
WIRED
WIREDAD
5.2V
J CN101

A-a 2/3
to TUNER BOX
JA431 ACC5

1
1

TP420 D431

1
4
3
2
2 20 MALS068X
C444
0.1u/16

ANGLEIN
LIFTPUL
MTRS
MTRPW
MTR2
MTR1
MTRSEL
ANGL0SW
LFTSW
SENSPW
VDD
NC
GNDD
GND
GND
GND
NC
BUP
BUP
BUP
NC
NC
NC
GNDFL
GNDFL
GNDFL
GNDD
GNDD

CKS4674
GND

D432 IC441

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

GNDD TP421 MALS068X 14


CN401 1 19 1 1A
VCC 13
RDSLOCK 1 GND 2 1B

TP442
4B 12 R441

TP443
TP444
TP445
TP446
TP447
TP449
TP450
TP451
TP452

R431 1k
2 3 1Y

R432 1k
NC
4A 11 1k C447
TP459

RDSCK 3 4 2A GNDD
GND

1k
TP403 R442 14.3V BUP 0.01u/16

R445 TP448
4Y 10
DSEN 4 5 2B
1k 3.4V GND
C448

1k
1k
R415 3B 9 P441 ACC33 P443
6 2Y CEK1276-A

1k
RDSHSLK 5

1k
2 1

R443
R444
TP405 0 R409 3A 8 LITTEL 0.25A 0.1u/10
TUNCE2 6 7 GND CEK1284-A
3Y 2 1 LITTEL 2A >
0 DSENS
RDSDATA 7 P442

R446
ACC5

R447
TP407 > CEK1276-A GNDFL GNDD
OSCGND 8 TUNCE2 TC74VHCT08AFTS1 5.2V
2 1

D404
TP408 GND R410 GNDD LITTEL 0.25A
DGND 9 TUNCK

RSB6R8F2
MTR2
MTRSEL
MTR1
ANGLE
LFTPUL
MTRS
MTRPW
DEG0SW
I TP409 GNDD 0 R411 LFTSW
>
BEGND 10 S_TTUN
TP410 0 0 R403
TUNCK 11 T_STUN
JA2 TP411
MONITOR BUS
0 R404 TUNSL
MTR2
MTR1
MTRS

TUN_R 12

M_SRX
S_MTX

LFTSW
MTRPW

ANGLE

LFTPUL
MTRSEL

TP412

MONRST
DEG0SW

TUNDI 13
TP413 R422
TUN_L 14 TUNCE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


TP414

D402
0 ANALOG BUS

RSB6R8F2

2
2

TUNDO 15
TP415
ROMVDD 16
TP416 GNDD

D403
TUNSL 17

D401
RSB6R8F2
TP417 iPod & CPIC BUS

RSB6R8F2
LDET 18
TP418
TUNCE 19 GNDD BEGND
PID

TP419
B.UP 20
PGSEL
PSENS

TUNER BUS

22k
22k

R407
R408
D412 R413 TUN_R
D411 0
TUN_L
TUNSL
DSENS

MALS068X VDD33 R414 POWER BUS *FOR SERVICE


3.3V 0
> P402 0.01u/16 R678 R690
GND 1 2 SWBUP 14.3V
C401
PPW

CEK1278-A NM 33k
500mA GNDD KEYBOARD BUS GNDD
VDSENS

iPod
R907 StoITX
KEY1
KEY2
ROT1
ROT2
DSENS
LEDCK
LEDDT
LEDCS

470 R911 IPOD_V

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
0
SYS+B
10k
R625
D602

PGSEL
ISENS

1 LOUT
AMPPW

R622
100k
D603

2 IPODAG
RB751S-40

D904
3 IPODAG

NM
RB751S-40

Q902

R913
4 ROUT

RSB6R8F2
5 IPODVG
0

3
3

1E 4 3 1C

4 C2
5 B1
6 E1
6 ACCDET
1k

B
R639
100k

R626
R629
100k
R660

7 VOUT
8 ACCPW GND 1B 5 2 2B R641 15k

75

R909
9 IPODGND

NM
R671 100k

2C 6 1 2E

Q901
10 ACCID NM
1k

11 IPODTX GNDD
R653
1k
1k

12 IPODRX GNDD R667 4.7k


R659
R661

R643 1k
R646 1k
R649 1k

13 FWGND

E2 3
B2 2
C1 1
R601
100k
D601

14 FWPWR IPOD_VG C601


1SS355
470
470
470

R640 1k

R912 1u/16 R630 4.7k


R638 100k

CN1901
C613

GNDIPOD IC602
R658
100k

0 IPOD_AG 1 4
R627
1.5k
C618

R666 1k
R664 1k
0.47u/16
R1556
R1555
R1554

R903 OUT VSS


0.01u/16

IPOD_L

TP14
TP9
0 3 GNDD
2
RSB6R8F2

9 TP12
7 TP11
5 TP10
3
1
VDD NC
144
143
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
117
116

D903
S-80827CNNB-B8M L602 C611
CTF1473-A

14 13
12 11 TP13
10
8
6
4
2
1u/16 1
NC

PID

NC26
NC25
NC24
MTR2
MTR1
MTRS

CN901
GND
WIRED
LEDCK 120
LEDDT 119
LEDCS 118

TUNSL
ISENS 142
DSENS
PGSEL
ANGLE
MTRPW
AMPPW
PSENS

AVREF0
KEYIN1
KEYIN2
ROTIN1
ROTIN2
PPOWER
VDSENS
DEG0SW
MTRSEL

R904 3 AVSS
WIREDAD

IPOD_R PRDY GNDD

TP17
TP18
TP19
TP20
TP21
PRDY
R910 0 PSENSG PRST 4
PRST
13.7V 4.7k 5
AVREF1
FWPW 6

C901
SYSPW R612 100
R623 SYSPW
ACCPW R613 47k 7
100

1k
0.01u/16
ACCPW

R908
Q903 R606 8
GNDD PSENS FLMD0
E2 4 FLMD0
3 C2 0

R901
510k D%
PID VDD33 L601 2.2u C606 0.1u/10 9
B2 5 3.3V VDD
R902 2 B1 C612 10

4
4

E1 C605 C607 REGC

D901
C1 6

D902
39k D% UMH1N 1 9p/50 1000p/50 4.7u/6.3 11
VSS
NM

GNDD

RSB6R8F2
RSB6R8F2
C603

C602

R906 CSS1703-B 12
ItoSRX 4.718592MHz
10u/6.3

X1 IC601
470 C604 X601 R621 13
4 3
1 2

9p/50 X2
RESET 1k 14
GNDD RESET

R905
100k
RESET GNDD C616 15
XT1
R614 1k 0.1u/16 16
PE5673A
GND TP601 XT2
R608 R620 17
LFTPULS
1k 18
100k LDET
R763 BUSL- 19
R615 RCK R688 R689 R694 R695 MODEL1 MODEL0
R762 1k BUSR- DRST R605 20
100k DRST
1k R604 21
100k 100k H L
1k R602 1.8k RC
STNDBY
1k C608 22
AVSDA

22k
22k
NM L H

R757
R761
AVSDATA RD 100k 100k
R752 180 C609 23
BUSR+ AVSCL NM
d & CP BUS

1 8k AVSCK
100k 100k H H
p X2
RESET 1k 14
GNDD RESET

R905
100k
RESET GNDD C616 15
XT1
R614 1k 0.1u/16 16
PE5673A
GND TP601 XT2
R608 R620 17
LFTPULS
1k 18
100k LDET
R763 BUSL- 19
R615 RCK R688 R689 R694 R695 MODEL1 MODEL0
R762 1k BUSR- DRST R605 20
100k DRST
1k R604 21
100k 100k H L
1k R602 1.8k RC
STNDBY
1k C608 22
AVSDA

22k
22k
NM L H

R757
R761
AVSDATA RD 100k 100k
R752 180 C609 23
BUSR+ AVSCL NM
R603 1.8k AVSCK
R754 180 BUSL+ 24 RI 100k 100k H H
LFTSW

iPod & CP BUS


C751 1000p/50 R618 220 25
ACC5 TXMON
TP1 C752 IP-BUS:+2.2dBs R619 220 26
JA751 11 5.2V RXMON
TP2 1000p/50 R624 27
NC
5

5
10 TP3
100k 28

L751
9 TP4 GND R758 SECID

CTF1389-A
R751 R633 1k 29
8 TP5 100 MONIRST

R519
100k
2.2k IC751 R616 1k 30

15
ASENBO

1k
7

R755
R764
8 1 R617 4.7k 31
6 TP6 STBY DIN1 TXIE
7 2 32
IP-BUS 5 VCC ROUT RXIE

47
6 3 C610 33

R756
4 BUS+ DIN2 EVSS
R759 5 4 R607 0.01u/16 34
3 BUS- GND EVDD
100 C753 35
GNDD 0
2 PDT
TP8 0.1u/10 HA12241FP 36
1 PCK

SWVDD
DDI
DDO
DCK
DMS
NC
NC
NC3
PBSENS
BGSENS
BRST
BSI
BSO
BSCK
NC4
BSRQ
BRXEN
DDCCTL
BEEP
CLCNT1
NC
CLCNT2
NC
RXIPOD
TXIPOD
TXMS5
RXMS5
XRESET
IRQPW
VDCONT

37
38
39 CPCLK
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


GNDD

JTAG BUS

POWER BUS
BUP
1k
1k

14.3V Q751
0

C754
1 6 GNDD R628

0.1u/16
KEYBOARD BUS
R635
R670

USB1
USB2

E1 C1
100k
R637
100k
100k

R753 2 5
R632
100k
R662
R663

R642
100k

B1 B2
R665 100k

GND R760
NM

3.3k 3 4
C617

C2 E2
R645 4.7k
R652 4.7k
R654 100k
R656 100k

5.6k UMF23N SWVDD


R677 0

GNDD
VD8
DDI
DDO
DCK
DMS

8.0V

6
6

TP803
CN801 R810
VD 1
DCK

DDO
DDI
DMS

0
DRST

VD 2
FLMD0
RESET
PBSENS
BGSENS
R644 1k
R651 220
R655 220
R657 220

R647 220

VD 3

C803

C802
100u/10
TP815

0.1u/16
NC 4
PGND 5
RESET
BRST
BSIO
BSCK
BSRQ
BRXEN

PGND 6
PGND 7 GNDDDC
TP816

NM
NM
NM
ROT2
KEY2
ROT1
KEY1

C807
C808
C809
C810
DGND 8

DSENS
RESET
DDFCNT
VDCNT

0.01u/50
DGND 9
DGND 10
SYS+B
DGND 11
PDT
PCK
CPCLK

8.2V
GNDD GND
DGND 12

ANALOG BUS

C801
1k
TP801

0.1u/10
NC 13
VDD5 14 5.1V
S_MSTX
XRES
IRQPW

MS_SRX

StoITX
ItoSRX

STANDBY

6 C1
5 B2
4 E2 R808

C804
VDD5 15 VD5

4.7u/6.3
VDD5 16 P801

Q801
UMD3N

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
D 2/2 VDD5 17 1 2
18 CEK1281-A
NC

E1 1
B1 2
C2 3
1.25A > REM
D859
CN1901 NC 19

7
7

TP804

0
R807 1k MALS068X
1k
1k

AMUTE D860 2

R853
AMUTE 20 VDD 1k
R858
R859
R857

TP805 470
VDD33
R801 MALS068X 1
0
0
0
0

VDD33
0
0

XRES D861 3.3V


XRES 21 TP806 R806 GNDR697 Q
1k MALS068X 2
1 8 IRQPW 3.3V
IRQPWR 22

5
4
TP807
0
R699
R700
R705

R704 2.2k

2 7 S_MSTX GND
R701
R703
R702

GNDD
L701

S MS5TX 23
5
4

TP808 R706
3 6 MS_SRX BZ601
MS5 SRX 24 TP809

D852
CTF1306-A

CPV1063-A 1k
R698
R1562
R1561
R1560

4 5 STANDBY
STANBY 25

UMZ6R8EN
1k

TP810

1
2
3
D853

MS_R IC701
R707

220
AGND 26
UMZ6R8EN

TP811 R802
1
2
3

GNDD 1 8
NM
NM
NM

9
8
7
4

1A VCC
13
11
10

ROUT 27
0 2 7
AGND 28 1B 1Y
TP812 R803 D801
DCK 2

4 C2
5 B1
6 E1
GND 3

GND 3 6
GND 1

DDI
DMS 6

NC
GND 1 2
DDO

3.3V
3.3V
DRST

LOUT 29 2Y 2B
RESET
FLMDO 5

0 GNDA GND 4 5
AGND 30 GND 2A
TP813
0

CN601

Q802
IMH23
VGND 31 TP814 DAP202U
R804 TC7WH08FU

E2 3
B2 2
C1 1
COMPOSIT 32
C701

R1566
R1565 0
R1564 0

0 MS_L SWVDD33
FLASH WRITE CONNECTOR
0.01u/16

VGND 33
8.0V 8.0V 3.3V
TP858

Y 34
KEYBOARD UNIT
GNDV DVD/CD:+5.1dBs ILMA ILMB 0 GNDD
TP869
TP868
TP854

VGND 35
MS_V R862
Cb 36
TP867
TP866
TP865
TP864
TP863
TP862
TP861
TP860
TP859
TP857
D851

NM
NM
VGND 37
GND GNDD

C805
C806
C811
9
8
6
5
3

Cr 38
UDZS5R6(B)

0.01u/50
8

8
VGND 39
R805
REM 7
RED 1

GNDD GNDDDC WAKEUP CN851


DGND 14
ROT2 12
KEY2 11
ROT1 10
ILMA
KEY1
ILMB
BLUE

WAKEUP 40 GNDD
DSENS 15
RESET
GREEN 2

TP802
0
ILMGND 13
SWVDD33 4

C CN3001
A-a A-b

A-a 2/3
A-b 2/3

133
E
A

D
C

F
B
1 2 3 4

10.3 DVD AMP UNIT(POWER SUPPLY)

PPW

VDSENS
CLCNT1

CLCNT2
FAN SWBUP
SWBUP SYS8.4V
LITTEL 0.5A

>
P1251
> Q1251 Q1152
CEK1278-A 2SD1760F5(R) R1251 R1252 R1253 14.3V 2SA2060 P1151 IC1101
1 2 1 2 BA00CC0WFP
270 270 270 CEK1279-A

R1254
6 1 R1154
SYS+B

47k
0.75A
0.01u/16
10u/16

VOUT
0.01u/16

C1 E1 8.2V

GND
VCC
CTL
5 2 10k R1151
HZU9R1(B2)

HZU8R2(B2)

C
HZU6R8(B3) B2 B1 330 SYS+B
D1252

D1253

C1152

C1151
DTC114EUA

10u/16
0.1u/50
4 3

DTC114EUA
R1

5
4
3
2
1
R1255

10k
TP1251 E2 C2 5 4
C1251
C1252
C1253
D1251

Q1252

Q1253
Q1254

R1101
UMF5N 6 3

(D%)
56k
47u/16
TP1252 TP1253
47K 7 2
47K GND R1102

C1101
8 1

0.01u/25
1.2k

R1103

C1103
C1102
2
1

1u/16
(D%)
10k
Q1151 (D%)
2SC4081(QRS)
CN1251 GND
R1152 R1153
CLCNT1 CLCNT2
5.6k 10k GNDA
H L 6.7V

L H 8.0V GND
REAR FAN L L 9.0V
(D%)
MOTOR
R1204 R1205
FWPW FWPW FIREWIRE PW Q1304 IC1201
150k 110k
HIOUT12V
13.7V P1301 2SA1952 C1205
1 2 NM
12.2V L1202
15p/50

R1203
miniSMDC075F/24 Q1201

22k
1 GND

3 Vout
CTF1473-A 2SD1767(R
EV12

2 Vin

R1213

0
R1311 TP1201
1 8 1 8 1 8 12.4V

DTL1124-A
LT3461AES6

L1201
0
7 7 7 10k

R1210
2 2 2
R1301

R1211
68k

SHDN FB
CCG1223-A

3 6 3 6 3 6 NM
4 3

R1206

C1206

C1207
12k
VOUT GND

4.7u/6.3

4.7u/6.3
4 5 4 5 4 5 R1212 NM 5 2
R1304 33 R1303 33 R1314 33 VIN SW1

HZU5R6(B2)
6 1
C

C1201
10u/50

0.01u/16

R1201

C1204

C1208

D1201
0.1u/10

0.1u/10
NM

R1207

12k
IC1202

C1203
C1301

1u/16
Q1303 R1312
MALS068X

R1302

C1202
NM

R1202
NM
2SC4081(RS)
D1301

12k

5.6k

R1208
TP1301

5.6k
R1313 D1302
R1310

10k

1k UDZS16(B)
GNDHI
Q1305 (D%)
DTC114EUA

GNDIPOD

ILMA ILMB VD8


ILMB VD8
ILMA
Q1542 Q1522 8.0V
NM 8.0V UMF23N Q1502
8.0V
6 1 6 1 VD8 2SB1708
C1 E1 C1 E1
5 2 5 2
R1543

R1523

R1503

D
NM

22k

47k

B2 B1 B2 B1
C1541

C1521
NM

0.1u/16

4 3 4 3
E2 C2 E2 C2 R1501
68
R1542

R1522
NM

RED_ON
3.9k

5 4
6 3
7 2
ACC33V
8 1 IC1601
GND R1504 BA00BC0WFP
GND Q1501
2SC4081(QRS) 5.2V
5.6k
ACC5
GND
VDD

R1505
VIN
VC
ACC33
C

G
10k ACC3R3 D140
5
4
3
2
1

(D%) RSX2
ILM_ON 3.4V
R1602 R1603
GNDDDC
2.2k 15k
R1604

10k

C1603

(1608)
1u/16
1000p/50
C1601

C1602
100u/10

R1605

E SWVDD33V GNDD
SWVDD33
VD5
3.3V
Q1622
2SB1132(QR) VD5
TP1701 Q1702
R1623

22k

2SB1708
5.1V
D1702
R1703

10k

RSX201L-30
R1621

LITTEL 1.25A
1k

R1701
68
C1701
3300u/6.3

R1705

5 4
NM

6 3
SWVDD Q1621
DTC114EUA 7 2
8 1

R1702
Q1701
GNDD 2SC4081(QRS)
5.6k
R1704

10k
F VDCNT

GNDD

A 3/3
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
134
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

A 3/3 DVD AMP UNIT(POWER SUPPLY) A

POWER BUS

ACCPW
SYSPW

MFLPW

DDFCNT
BUP

14.4V
A 2/3
SYS8.4V USB33 USB33 VDD33
VDD33V
TP1031 3.3V TP1001
IC1101 IC1031 3.3V Q1031 IC1001 Q1001 Q1002
BA00CC0WFP S-1206B41-U3 2SA1576A(RS) S-812C33AUA-C2N 2SB1184F5(R) 2SD1767(R)
R1032
47k D1002

3 VOUT

S1G-6904G2P

R1001

R1003 R1002

R1005 R1004

R1006
C1031
S1G-6904G2P

1 VSS
VOUT

2 VIN

D1031

390

270
10u/6.3

2.2

2.2
GND

1 GND
VCC

3 Vout
CTL

2 Vin
R1031

R1035

22k
C

22k

47u/6.3
1000p/50
R1104
5
4
3
2
1

C1001

C1002

2.2

2.2
1k
Q1032
C1 6 1 E1

UDZS18(B)
D1001

C1007

0.1u/50
(1608)
C1033

C1032

C1003

C1004
0.01u/16

0.01u/16
1u/16

1u/16
02 B2 5 2 B1

CCH1312
1500/16
C1006
k E2 4 3 C2
R1103

C1103

B
1u/16
(D%)
10k

%) UMH1N

GNDD

PWFL

CTH1262-A
PWFL 13.5V
14.2V PWVI PWVI

L1071
HIOUT12V > L1051

>
TP1071 CTH1267-A
Q1072 P1071 (220uH) P1051
2SA1615-ZS1(LK)
1 2 1 2
L1202 CEK1284-A D1051 CEK1281-A
C1071

Q1201 R1071 R1072 R1073

C1051

C1052
47u/16

47u/16
S1G-6904G2P
0.1u/50

CTF1473-A 2SD1767(R) 270 330 15k LITTEL 2.0A LITTEL 1.25A

CCH1659-A
C1073

(222/16)
C1072

Q1071
4.7u/16

DTC114EUA GNDMP
R1209

5.6k
C1206

C1207
4.7u/6.3

4.7u/6.3

GNDFL
HZU5R6(B2)

C
C1208

D1201
0.1u/10

UMD3N
C2 3 4 E2
B1 2 5 B2
E1 1 6 C1
Q1202
10K
10K

RSX201L-30

RSX201L-30
D1406

D1407
TP1402 > CEK1286-A
P1402
TP1403 Q1401
TP1407 L1404
CTH1254-A
>
8V LITTEL 3.0A L1401 2SJ529S P1403
1 2
CTH1303-A
2 1 D
CEK1287
R1402

C1411 R1424
NM
0

R1416 LITTEL 3.5A


220u

R1413
2.7k
2SC4097(R)

6.8k
CCH1409-A_Po

NM
Q1403
CCH1409-A_Po

R1418
RSX201L-30

15k
C1402

R1406

D1402

R1411
C1404

220u

C33V
100p/50

L1403
56
22k

C1409
10u
C1405

C1418

CCH1659-A

D1404
4.7u/16

R1420
C1419

4.7u/6.3 C1414 0.1u/16


(2200/16)

220k
01
R1403

R1407

MA111
22k

0WFP C1407 R1425


3.9k

5.2V
R1414
220

R1401 NM GNDDDC 33k

>
ACC5 GNDDDC GNDDDC
4.7k
VIN
VC

GNDDDC TP1405
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

P1401
(1608)
9

D1401 TP1401 CEK1288-A


3
2
1

L1402 Q1402
47u/16

RSX201L-30
0.1u/50

5.4V LITTEL 4A CTH1303-A C1421


VCC

2SJ529S
VREF

OUT1
DTC1
FB1
LATCH
ON/OFF IN+

C1417
IN-1

4.7u/16

1 2
AN8011S

0.01u/16
IC1401
Q1404

R1415

C1416
CCH1437-A_Po

CCH1437-A_Po

2.7k

C1422
OUT2
DTC2

GND
R1404

C1413
0

IN-2
FB2
CT
RT
2SC4097(R)

1000p/50
C1401
NM
C1603

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
(1608)
1u/16

R1412

TP1406
56
RSX201L-30
D1403

GNDDDC GND
D1405 R1417
C1420

220
C1406
2200p/50
C1403

R1408

GNDDDC MA111
E
120

C1415
DD C1408 0.1u/16

NM R1421 R1426
VD5
R1405

3.3k
R1409

GNDDDC GNDDDC
6.8k

C1412

22k
0.068u/16

33k
R1422
02
33k
708
R1410

C1410
560

100p/50

R1423
R1703

68k
10k

10K R1419

LITTEL 1.25A
3 6.8k

DTC114EUA
Q1405

R1701 GNDDDC
CCP1448-A

68
VR1401

5 4
1

6 3 chip size
7 2 1001 VDD33 1201 HIOUT12V 1608 GNDDDC

8 1 1021 USB33 1251 FAN REG 2125


1051 PWVI 1301 FIREWIRE PW 3216
Q1701 1071 PWFL 1401 DD CONVERTOR
2SC4081(QRS)
1101 SYS8.4V 1501 VD8
1151 SW B.UP 1521 ILM A&B
1201 HIOUT12V 1601 ACC33V
1251 FAN REG 1621 SWVDD33V F
1101 SYS8.4V 1701 VD5
DD 1151 SW B.UP

A 3/3
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
135
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

10.4 iPod CONNECTOR UNIT

B iPod CONNECTOR UNIT

A 2/3 CN901
C
JA1901
CN1901
GND RT2
GND
GND RT1
IPODAG
IPOD_AG 13
FWPWR 14 13 FWGND TP1906
IPODVG
IPOD_VG 12 12 11 TXIPOD
RXIPOD
ACCDET TP1903
11
iPod CONNECTOR

ACCDET ACC_ID 10 9 IPODGND


ACCPW TP1902
ACC_PW 10 8 7 VOUT
ACC_PW TP1905
IPODGND
IPODGND 9 6 5 IPOD_VG
TP1901 ACCDET TP1904
ROUT
ROUT 8 ROUT 4 3 IPOD_AG
VOUT
VOUT 7 IPOD_AG 2 1 LOUT
RXIPOD
RXIPOD 6
D
LOUT
LOUT 5
ACCID
ACC_ID 4
iPod:+1.3dBs
TXIPOD 3

FWPWR 2
TXIPOD
FWGND 1
FWPWR

FWGND

B
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
136
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

10.5 KEYBOARD UNIT

C KEYBOARD UNIT

SWVDD33
IC3011
GP1UX31RK

REM

GND

VCC

R3011

47
1

3
C3012

1000p/50
UDZS5R6(B)

47u/10_Ta
C3011
D3011
SWVDD33

DGND DGND
ILMB

KEY1
EJECT
CN3001
SOURCE S3003 S3006
KEY2 2 4 2 4
RED 1
SWVDD33 1 3 1 3
GREEN 2
ATT & VOLUME CSG1155-A CSG1155-A

R3004

R3007
BLUE 3

1.8k

2.2k
C
R3002

R3003

NM
10k

SWVDD33 4 S3002

ILMB 5 1 4 OPEN/CLOSE
A D S3007
KEY1 6 2 4
3
REM 7 C 5
2 1 3
A 2/3 REVERSE

R3005
E

3.9k
RESET 8 B
CSG1155-A

R3008
S3004

10k
9 CSD1140-A
ILMA
CN851 RESET 2 4
ROT1 10 S3001 1 3 EQ
4 2
KEY2 11 S3008
CSG1155-A

R3006
3 1 2 4

10k
ROT2 12
CSG1155-A 1 3
ILMGND 13 FORWARD
S3005 CSG1155-A
DGND 14 2 4
R3001
DSENS 15 1 3
33k
CSG1155-A

R3009
DGND
DGND
DGND
D
NM

DGND ILMGND ILMB

8.1V
MALS068X

MALS068X

C3021
NSSM025A-A0886

NM
NSSM025A-A0886
C3022

C3023

C3024

C3025

C3026

C3027
0.1u/16

0.1u/16

0.1u/16

0.1u/16

0.1u/16

0.1u/16
D3024

D3025
D3023

D3022

ILMGND

R3021 (RED) R3029 (GREEN) R3035 (BLUE)


MALS068X

100 Q3021 100 Q3022 100 Q3023


1 6 1 6 1 6
E1 C1 E1 C1 E1 C1 E
R3022 2 5 R3030 2 5 R3036 2 5
B1 B2 B1 B2 B1 B2
100 3 4 100 3 4 100 3 4
D3021

C2 E2 C2 E2 E2
UMX1N UMX1N
R3023

R3026
150

150

R3039
R3031

(MAX 9.1mA)
R3033

R3037
180

220

220
180
R3024

R3027

(MAX 8.9mA)
(MAX 10.0mA)
150

150

R3034

R3038

R3040
220
R3032

270

220
R3025

R3028

270
100

100

ILMGND

C
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
137
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

10.6 DVD CORE UNIT(1/2)(GUIDE PAGE)

A
D-a 1/2
D 2/2
RF SIGNAL
F FOCUS SERVO LINE F
T
TRACKING SERVO LINE
C
CARRIAGE SERVO LINE
S T
SPINDLE SERVO LINE

T
F
C

CWW1763

D 1/2
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
138
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

A
D-b 1/2
D 1/2 DVD CORE UNIT(1/2)
F

D 2/2
B
D 2/2

PICKUP UNIT(SERVICE)(DP8)
C
1

S
C

D
C
S

M2,M3

S 3 S
4 C

3
2 4
T
F T

5 F M1
E
F

D 2/2
E

D 2/2

CWW1764

D 1/2
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
139
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

A
D 1/2 DVD CORE UNIT(1/2)

D 2/2
PICKUP UNIT(SERVICE)(DP8)

F
T
D 2/2

1
B

C
D-a D-b

D C
S

E
T
F

D-a 1/2 1 2

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
140
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

M2,M3
A

E
M1

F
C
S
F

3
4
4
3
B

F
C

C
S

D-a D-b
2
S

5
F
T

D 2/2

D 2/2 D

E
CWW1764

D-b 1/2
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
141
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

D-a 1/2 1 2

T
F

C
D 2/2
D-a D-b

E
CARRIAGE SERVO LINE
TRACKING SERVO LINE

SPINDLE SERVO LINE


FOCUS SERVO LINE
RF SIGNAL

S
C
T
F

D-a 1/2
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
142
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

D-b 1/2

CWW1763
B

D-a D-b
D

D-a 1/2
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
143
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

10.7 DVD CORE UNIT(2/2)

D 1/2

D 1/2

D
D 1/2

D 1/2
A 2/3
CN951
D 1/2

D 2/2
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
144
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

D 2/2 DVD CORE UNIT(2/2)

D
A 2/3
CN801

D 1/2
D 1/2

D 1/2

D 1/2

D 2/2
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
145
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

10.8 COMPOUND UNIT(A) AND COMPOUND UNIT(B)

A E COMPOUND UNIT(A)

6 R1298 Q1299 R1299


0R0 0R0
CPT231SCTD 8cm
D 1/2 5 CSN1070
S1205

CN1301
DISC SENS
DISC SENS S1203
4 CSN1069
CSN1070
8cm S1202 S1204
3 CSN1069
B

12cm S1201
2 CSN1069

F COMPOUND UNIT(B)

CLAMP
CSN1067

D 1/2

E F
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
146
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
147
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1 2 3 4

10.9 MONITOR PCB(MONITOR)(GUIDE PAGE)

A
G-a 1/2

10u/16_Ta
3.3V MAX2.0A
POWER SUPPLY

C5117
V25P V25 3216/501

1u/16
C5118
2.5V S-1132B25-U5 13.3V

V25
33V
L5101 2.5V IC5102 VCC3.3V PWRVI L5104
V25P 1 5

0.22u/16
CTF1635-A VOUT VIN CTF1488-A VCC8V
2

CTH1249-A
C5101

C5111

C5138
VCC8V

10u/6.3
VSS

L5102
1u/16

8.0V

10u/0.61A
3 4 R5102
NC ON/OFF 470k 3.3V

3225)
D5102

C5112

CTF1635-A
GNDP V33 GNDP

C5159
L5115
0.1u/10
GNDD

1u/16
GNDD RB500V-40

R5105
C5115

0
0.1u/10

CCG1223-A
CCG1223-A
L5103 D1 Q5102 L5105

(10
C5116 CTH1250-A RSQ035P03 CTH1318-A

C5133 0.01u/50
D4
D3

D3
D4
V25AM 3.3V V33D

CCH1440-A_Po
2.5V

3225)

C5153 0.1u/50

CCH1586-A_Po
RSQ035P03
S

S
1u/16

6
5
4

4
5
6
L5108

3225)
U2FWJ44N

RB160M-30
C5124

Q5103
C5143
CCG1223-A
C5122

D5104
D5103
CTF1635-A L5112

0.1u/50
GNDP

C5141

0.01u/50
V25AM V33D GNDP
CTF1635-A

C5135

C5158
C5137
G

G
D1
D2

D2
D1
1
2
3

3
2
1
(10
22u/10_Ta
C5108
C5120

C5102
10u/10_Ta

10u/10_Ta

(10
OVT1
C5134 C5145

C5139 1u/16
0.1u/50 0.1u/50 R5133
GNDD GNDD D5105

VCC18V
1000p/50
R512115

15
0

0.01u/50
R5120 R5123 RB548W
4700p/50

C5140

C5167

1u/16
C5151

OCPC2 3 1u/16
2 C5148
56k 1 C5160

7 R5122

4C5147
V25AS 3.3V V33IO 27k
2.5V 3 0.1u/50
2 18V
GNDP

12
11
10
L5109 L5113 L5107

1
9
8

6
5
V25AS V33IO GNDP C5152 18.5V
CTF1635-A C5161 DTL1096-A

VREGB

VREGA
LGND
CTH1250-A 1

NC1
OUT2
PVCC1

PVCC2
OVT1

VS2
13

CL1

CL2
V32 48
C5103

3 1u/25 max100mA
1u/16

C5104

C5107

R5112 R5115 4700p/50


0.1u/10

R5106 R5108 C5130 2 R5134 0

22k
14 47 (2125)
33u/10_Ta

VS1 PVCC4 D5106


160 D% 270 D% 0.01u/50 R5132 330k D%

C5169
0 1k D% 15 OCPC1 OUT4 46 RB548W

1u/25
R5113 C5128 100p/50
R5118 FB1 FB4

R5141
33k 16 45 C5162
1k C5123 C5131 INV1 PGND4
GNDD 17 44 R5124 R5127 R5129 NM
GNDD R5110 330p/50 C5127
6.8k 0.039u/50 SS1 RT
18 BD6171KV 43 62k D% 430 D% 18k D% GNDP
R5103 R5104 R5107 C5121 0.01u/50 R5119 FB2 FIN
B 0 6.8k D% 200 0.047u/50 R5117
12k
C5132
19
INV2
IC5103
VCC
42
C5154
GNDP 14V H:500kHz
L:454.5kHz
1.5V V15M V15 1.6V 680k 20 41 0.01u/50

1k
IC5101 SS2 PVCC R5135 NM

DDCON_SEL
R5109
V15

S-1132B15-U5 C5125 21 40 C5150 GNDP


0.1u/50 0.039u/50 4.7u/16
L5110 1 5 VREF PGND5 Q5101

(D%)
V15M

0.1u/50
C5126 GNDP 22 39

C5149
CTF1635-A VOUT VIN D5107 RB548W NM
2 OUT3 FB5
VCC5V
C5109
10u/16_Ta

R5111 10u/16_Ta 23 PVCC3 OUT5 38 C5155

SVBGND
C5105

10u/6.3

VSS

V03DET
V01DET
V02DET
V04DET
V05DET
3 4 R5101 510 (D) FB3 PVCC5 1 C5163

VCCM12V
24 37 0.1u/50 3

GND
NC ON/OFF

EN1
EN2
EN3
EN4
EN5
680k (F) 2 1u/25 DDCON
D5101 4.9V R5116 D5108 RB548W (2125)
GNDD GNDP 2k (F1608)
C5110

GNDD GNDP

R5125
R5114 1 C5164

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
RB500V-40

G 2/2
C5113
0.1u/10

5V

0
0.1u/10

L5114 0 C5156 3 -12V

V15D
0.1u/50 D5109 2 1u/25 (2125)
C5114 CTF1635-A C5165 L5116
1.5V V15D -12.0V 1.5V
C5119

0.1u/10

GNDP C5157
1 2.2u/16

C5170
1u/16 CTF1635-A
L5111

1u/16
V15D 0.1u/50 3
2
GNDP RB548W
22u/10_Ta

CTF1635-A
C5106

CTF1306-A
R5137 R5126 R5128 R5130 R5131 C5166

C5168
GNDP

L5412
1u/16
2.2u/16
0 0 GNDP
10k D% 18k D% 22k D%
R5138 R5139 NM GND IO
GNDD
0 GND D
R5140 NM GNDD C5435

GNDD 0.1u/10

C5017

44
43
VDD-D5 42
C5434

1000p/50

C5146
0.1u/10
0.039u/50

1u/16
C5136

C5144
0.01u/16

D RGB Clock IN
Test(DTMB)
VSS-D5
C5016 L5409
CTF1306-A 45

G 2/2
0.1u/10 46 VSS-IO4
C5467
MVIPW

GNDD GNDILM GNDP VDD-IO4


GNDP 0.1u/10 47 Overlay
C5020 Sub_C.Sync_IN

V25P
TP5401 48
C5410
NM 0.1u/10 49 VSS-D6
C5019
L5411 VDD-D6
0.01u/16 L5401 50
2.5V CTF1306-A
VDD_X'tal
C C5018
42MHz CTF1306-A
C5411
51
52
X'tal_IN
0.1u/10 0.1u/10

R5403
X'tal_OUT

1M
GNDOSD GNDILM 53

33

2
R5401 Vss_X'tal

2
L5402 C5412 54
0.1u/10

CSS1604-A
390 VDD-PLL

C5401
CTF1306-A 55

9p/50
X5401
C5413 PLL_IN
0.01u/16 56
C5414 PLL_Filter
180p/25 57

1
L5403 VSS-PLL
58

C5402 1
Q5401 CTF1306-A C5415
DVDD
2SC4617(RS) 59

9p/50
R5405 0.1u/10 DAC_Out
1.5k 60
DVSS
C5416 61
0.1u/10

0.1u/10
C5403

R5404

C5407
DAC_Bias

330

4p/50
KN5401 62

V25AS
C5417
GNDD 0.1u/10 Sub_ADC_Bias
CKF1068-A C5418 63
2.5V 0.1u/10 Sub_ADC_Vref.T
L5408 C5419 64
GNDD 0.1u/10 VDD_Sub_ADC
R5313 R5315 CVIDEO CTF1306-A 65
GNDD Sub_C.Video_IN
C5420 66
NM 0 0.1u/10
Vss_Sub_ADC
C5421 67

V25AM
0.1u/10 Sub_C.Video_IN
C5422 68
R5316

VCC5V 0.1u/10 Sub_ADC_Vref.B


69
0

4.9V 2.5V C5423


GNDD 0.1u/10 Vss_Main_ADC1
L5404 70
CTF1379-A

IC5301 VDD_Main_ADC
CTF1306-A
L5304

NJM2505AF C5424 71
Main_ADC_Vref
R5311 C5309 C5425 0.1u/10 72
Vin V+ R_IN.1
100 4 3 C5426 0.1u/10 73
C5310

10u/6.3
GND G_IN.1
R5312 C5308 2 C5427 0.1u/10 74
0.1u/10

VGND Vout 0.1u/10 B_IN.1


100 10u/6.3 5 1 C5428 75
Vss_Main_ADC_
TOUCHPANEL

GNDD L5406 76
TOUCH PANEL MODULE

C5404 VDD_Main_ADC
OSDR 0.1u/10 CTF1306-A 0.1u/10 77
D G 2/2 OSDG C5405 0.1u/10 78
R_IN.2
G_IN.2
CN5002 GNDV OSDB C5406 0.1u/10 79
B_IN.2
VCC3.3V C5429 80
ADVY
TOUCHPANEL BUS

Main_ADC_Vref
PNLADY C54300.1u/10 81
L5303
NM

PNLADY 4
PNLADX 3
ADVX
PNLXV
PNLADX C.VIDEO 0.1u/10 82 Main_ADC_Bais
C5431
Vss_Main_ADC_
NM

PNLXV 3.3V L5407


PNLXV 2 83
PNLYV
NM
R5303

PNLYV 0.1u/10 VDD_Main_ADC


CTF1306-A 84

OSD V.Sync Out


PNLYV 1
R5308

OSD_Clock_Out
NM

(10u//6R3) D-Vss
C5432 85 Main_RGB_Sync
C5301 Q5301 C5304 D-VDD
NM NM R5314 L5405
Q5302

NM 0.1u/10 86 Main_RGB_Sync

VSS-D7
VDD-07
R5301 NM CTF1306-A 87
NM D% R5306 L5301 L5302 C5433
0.1u/10 88
NM NM NM

89
90
91
R5304

R5305

C5302

C5303

C5305

R5307

C5306

C5307
NM
NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM
R5302

NM

R5406

CTF1306-A
CSYNC

CTF1306-A
GNDD

C5436
0.1u/10
R5309

NM
D5001 UDZS5R6(B)

D5002 UDZS5R6(B)

D5004 UDZS5R6(B)
D5003 UDZS5R6(B)

R5310

L5414
C5002 1000p/50

C5003 1000p/50

C5004 1000p/50

L5415
C5001 1000p/50

NM L5413 CTF1306-A

GNDV GNDD
330
R5408 100

GNDOSD

E
R5407
C5469

0.1u/10
PWRFL

CN5004 L5001
14.1V CTH1338-A
PWRFL 10
OSDCLK

OSDH
OSDV

PWRFL 9

G 2/2
INVERTOR

PWRFL 8
(10u/50 3225)
/50 3225)

CCG1223-A

CCG1223-A

NC 7

H
C5005
C5006

GNDFL 6
INVERTOR BUS

GNDFL 5

CN5602 4
(10

GNDFL INVPUL
GNDFL
INVPUL
INVPUL 3
DIMMER
DIMMER
DIMDTY 2
INVBST INVBST
INVBST 1

GNDFL
MONVBS

OSDG
OSDR

OSDB

BLK

ANALOG ANALOG BUS

F G 2/2
OSDCLK

OSD PART
OSDV

PinP

G 2/2 PinP CONTRO

G 1/2
AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
148
1 2 3 4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5 6 7 8

G-b 1/2 A
CONNECTOR PART
DD-CON PART
C.VIDEO PART
5001
5101
5301
CHIP SIZE LEGEND
1608
2125
G 1/2 MONITOR PCB(MONITOR)
3216
PIP IC PART 5401
LCD PANELPART 5501

(D%)

CTF1306-A
L5504
IC5504 VCC5V 4.9V

R5512
C5517 CTF1635-A
1 5

27
NC VCC

L5511
2 IC5506
INA
3 4 1 1A 14

R5513
GND OUTY

10u/16_Ta

10
VCC
2 1Y 13
6A
TC7SET04FUS1 3 2A 12

R5509

R5514
6Y
4 2Y 11

680

100
5A
5 3A 10 GNDD
5Y
6 3Y 9

R5515

82
4A
7 GND 8

0.1u/10
4Y

C5516

R5516
TC74VHC04FTS1

56
CTF1306-A
B

L5508
0.1u/10
C5509

R5517

47
R5518
GNDD

36
R5519

33
V15D

V33D

R5520
1.5V 3.3V

27
R5521
CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A

180
L5412

L5418

L5420

L5425

L5428

L5431

L5432

L5437
GND IO

R5522

82
GND D
C5435 C5442 C5445 C5449 C5450 C5456

V33IO
C5438 C5440

(F%)

R5523
0.1u/10 0.1u/10 0.1u/10 0.1u/10 0.1u/10 0.1u/10 0.1u/10 0.1u/10

12
NDD
3.3V
CN5501
44
43
VDD-D5 42
D-RGB_Clock_IN 41

40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

C5434

0.1u/10
5
9
8
7
6

4
VDD-D1 3

2
1

C5458
0.1u/10
VDD-D4
Test(DTMB)

VSS-D4
D-RGB_H/C.Sync_IN

VDD-IO3

VDD-IO2

VDD-IO1
VSS-IO3
VSS-D5

VSS-IO2

VSS-IO1

VSS-D1
G0_D.IN
G1_D.IN

G2_D.IN
G3_D.IN
G4_D.IN
G5_D.IN
G6_D.IN
G7_D.IN
D-RGB_V.Sync_IN

VDD-D2

L5469
VSS-D2
R0_D.IN
R1_D.IN

R2_D.IN
R3_D.IN
R4_D.IN
R5_D.IN
R6_D.IN
R7_D.IN
B0_D.IN
B1_D.IN

B2_D.IN
B3_D.IN
B4_D.IN
B5_D.IN
B6_D.IN
B7_D.IN

GNDD
VDD-D3
VSS-D3

L5409 STH 60 GND


CTF1306-A 45 176 CTF1306-A
L5466 STH STH1
59

33u/10_Ta
C5466
C5467 46 VSS-IO4 VSS-IO11 175 CTF1306-A
VDD-IO4 VDD-IO11 LCD BUS 58 V0
0.1u/10 47 Overlay VDD-D14 174 C5465
Sub_C.Sync_IN B0_D-Out 57 V1
TP5401 48
C5410 173 TP5406 0.1u/10 V2
0.1u/10 49 VSS-D6 B1_D-Out TP5407 56
172 L5439 CTF1528-A R5422 220 DA0 V3
L5411 VDD-D6 B2_D-Out 55
50 171 L5440 CTF1528-A R5423 220
CTF1306-A DA1 V4
VDD_X'tal B3_D-Out 54

C5411
51
52
X'tal_IN B4_D-Out
170 L5441 CTF1528-A 1 8
R5418
DA2
53 V5 C
0.1u/10 169 L5442 CTF1528-A 2 7 DA3 V6
X'tal_OUT B5_D-Out 52
53 168 L5443 CTF1528-A 3 6 DA4 V7
C5412 Vss_X'tal B6_D-Out 51
54 167 L5444 CTF1528-A
0.1u/10 4 5 DA5 V8
VDD-PLL B7_D-Out 50
55 166 L5445 CTF1306-A 220 V9
C5413 PLL_IN VDD-D13 C5459 49
0.01u/16 56 165 0.1u/10 V10
C5414 PLL_Filter VSS-D13 C5460 0.1u/10 DA0 48
180p/25 57 164 DA0 DA0
VSS-PLL VDD-IO10 L5470 CTF1306-A DA1 47
58 163
C5415 DA1 DA1
DVDD VDD15-DRAM4 DA2 46
59 162 L5471 CTF1306-A
DA2 DA2
0.1u/10 DAC_Out VSS15-DRAM4 DA3 45
60 161 C5461 0.1u/10
DA3 DA3
DVSS G0_D-Out TP5408 DA4 44
C5416 61 160
0.1u/10 TP5409 R5419 DA4 DA4
DAC_Bias G1_D-Out 220 DA5 43
C5417 62 159 L5446 CTF1528-A
0.1u/10 1 8 DB0 DA5 DA5
Sub_ADC_Bias G2_D-Out DB0 42
C5418 63 158 L5447 CTF1528-A
C5419
0.1u/10
0.1u/10
64
Sub_ADC_Vref.T IC5401 G3_D-Out
157 L5448 CTF1528-A
2
3
7
6
DB1
DB2
DB0
DB1
DB1 41 DB0
DB1
VDD_Sub_ADC G4_D-Out DB2 40

C5420
65
66
Sub_C.Video_IN1 TC90A96BFGSING G5_D-Out
156 L5449
155 L5450 CTF1528-A
CTF1528-A 4 5 DB3 DB2
DB3 39 DB2
0.1u/10 R5424 220 DB4 DB3 DB3
Vss_Sub_ADC G6_D-Out CTF1528-A DB4 38
C5421 67 154 L5451 DB5 DB4

LCD MODULE
R5425 220 DB4
0.1u/10 68 Sub_C.Video_IN.2 G7_D-Out DB5 37
C5422 153 L5452 CTF1306-A DB5
Sub_ADC_Vref.B VDD-IO9 DC0 36 DB5
0.1u/10 C5462
C5423 69 152 DC0 DC0
0.1u/10 70 Vss_Main_ADC1 VSS-IO9 0.1u/10 35
151 DC1
DC1 DC1
VDD_Main_ADC1 R0_D-Out TP5410 DC2 34
C5424 71 150 R5420
TP5411 DC2 DC2
Main_ADC_Vref.B R1_D-Out 220 DC3 33
C5425 0.1u/10 72 149 L5453
DC0 DC3
CTF1528-A 1 8 DC3
R_IN.1 R2_D-Out DC4 32
C5426 0.1u/10 73 148 L5454 CTF1528-A 7 DC1 DC4
2 DC4
G_IN.1 R3_D-Out DC5 31
C5427 0.1u/10 74 147 L5455 CTF1528-A DC2 DC5
3 6 DC5
0.1u/10 B_IN.1 R4_D-Out LOAD 30
C5428 75 146 L5456 CTF1528-A 4 5 DC3 LOAD
Vss_Main_ADC_2 R5_D-Out 29 LOAD
76 145 L5457 CTF1528-A 220 DC4
VDD_Main_ADC_2 R6_D-Out 28 L/R
0.1u/10 77 144 L5458 CTF1528-A R5426
DC5
220
D

R5530
R_IN.2 R7_D-Out 27 NC
VCC5V

1k
78 143 C5463 R5427 4.9V
0.1u/10 VDD2
G_IN.2 VDD-D12 L5467 CTF1306-A 26
79 142 L5509
L5468 CTF1306-A VDD2
B_IN.2 VDD-IO8 25
22u/16_Ta
C5429 80 141 C5464 CTF1635-A
0.1u/10 VDD2

C5527
C5519

Main_ADC_Vref.T VSS-IO8 24

0.1u/10
0.1u/10

C54300.1u/10 81
C5523

140 220 STH GNDLCD


R5428 NC
0.1u/10 82 Main_ADC_Bais STH
139 L5459 CTF1528-A
23
C5431 R5429 220 LOAD GND
Vss_Main_ADC_3 Load 22
83 138 L5460 CTF1528-A
R5430 220 CPH
OSD_Blank_High_IN

CPH GND
OSD_Blank_Low_IN
OSD_C/H.Sync_Out

0.1u/10 VDD_Main_ADC_3 CPH 21


84 137 L5461 CTF1528-A
OSD_V.Sync_Out

1 8 OE CPH CPH
OSD_Clock_Out

Main_Clock_Set

D-Vss OE 20
VDD15-DRAM1

VDD15-DRAM2

VDD15-DRAM3
VSS15-DRAM1

VSS15-DRAM2

VSS15-DRAM3

CPV 136 L5462 CTF1528-A


Bus_ACK_Out

VDD25-DRAM

C5432
VSS25-DRAM
Bus_Clock_IN

85 Main_RGB_Sync_IN.1-1
VCC3.3V
Display_Mute

CPV
Bus_Data_IN

2 7 GND
Test_mode0
Test_mode1
Test_mode2
Test_mode3
Test(MBST)

D-VDD STV 19
OSD_G_IN
OSD_R_IN
OSD_B_IN

Test(Scan)

0.1u/10 86 Main_RGB_Sync_IN1-2 Vcom 135 L5463 CTF1528-A 3.3V


VDD-D10

VDD-D11
Reset_IN

VSS-D10

VSS-D11

3 6 STV
VDD-IO5

VDD-IO6

VDD-IO7
VSS-IO6

VSS-IO5

VSS-IO7

NC
VDD-D8

VDD-D9
VSS-D7

VSS-D8

VSS-D9
VDD-07

18
87 134 L5464 CTF1528-A
4 5 L5505
C5433 17 VDD1
L5465 CTF1528-A DTL1096-A
10u/16_Ta

0.1u/10 88 133
C5520

R5421 VDD1
C5524

C5528

16
0.1u/10
0.1u/10

220
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
TP5404 110
TP5405 111

112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
L5434 CTF1306-A 126
127
128
129
130
131
132

15 STH2
R5406
NC
TP5402

14
C54510.1u/10

C5453 0.1u/10
0.1u/10

C5448

C5521 VCC18V

0
C5447

18.5V VGH
C5441
C5439
CTF1306-A

0.1u/10
CSYNC

CTF1306-A
0.1u/10

13
CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A

0.1u/10

NDD
0.1u/10
C5436

0.1u/10

L5510
(1608)
TP5403

0.1u/10

0.1u/10

1u/16

NC
C5437

C5444

12
CTF1635-A
0.1u/10

47k

GND
R5417

0.33u/50
C5525
C5454

C5455

C5457

11
C5529
0.1u/50

STV2
STV2
0.1u/50

10
OE OE
9 OE
L5414

L5423
L5416

L5426
L5415

L5424

NM
L5427

CPV
L5413 CTF1306-A

CPV CPV
L5422 CTF1306-A

CCG1111-A
CTF1306-A

8
CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A

VCC3.3V
CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A

C5526
CTF1306-A

V15M
CTF1306-A

V25

(4.7u 3225)

0.1u/16
C5443

C5446

C5452

3.3V U/D
L5436
L5417

L5419

L5421

L5429

L5430

L5433

L5435

L5438
0.1u/10

NM

GNDD STV 7
C5530

STV
C5522

2.5V STV1
L5472

0.1u/16

6
0.1m

GNDD 5 NC
1.5V GNDD
DTL1096-A
4 VGL
-12.0V L5506
COM 3 NC
VCCM12V

VCOM
330

R5410 100
R5408 100

2
R5531
10

VCOM
R5414 33k 1
E
R5407

R5416 1.5k
C1 6
5
B1 4

VCOM AMP
C2

R5402 2.2k
UMX2N
R5527
C5469

Q5501

BLK
15k
0.1u/10

470
47
47

VCC5V 4.9V
1 E1
2 E2

B2
CTF1306-A

3
OSDCLK

VCC8V
L5501
OSDH
OSDV

R5411
R5412

R5413

IC5502
0.1m

8.0V
R5533
L5503

1 5 C5508
0

PIPCK NC VCC
2 1u/16
VCOM R5529
22u/16_Ta

INA
PIPDA 3 4 R5504 IC5505
IC5507
TP5502

GND OUTY
C5513

0
C5511

R5510
0.1u/10

5 1 NJM082BV
22k

680
C5505

PIPRES (D%)
0.1u/10

VCC I/O
E2 2 R5534

TC7SET04FUS1 2 R5524
0

O/I B:+IN V- 56k R5525


4 3 5 4
CONT GND B:-IN A:+IN 100
3

E1 1
TP5503

GNDD 6 3
TP5501
B2

B:OUT A:-IN
TC7S66FU 7 2
UMT2N

R5506 V+
Q5502

A:OUT
R5503

8 1
100

0.1u/10
C5518

VCC5V 100
(1608)

IC5503
C5510

R5507

C2

6 C1
4 B1
1u/16

4.7k

1 AOUTPUT 8
C5515 R5508
5

V+ 4.9V GNDD
2 A-INPUT 7 R5528
33k
CCG1111-A

COMDC BOUTPUT 1u/16


(4.7u 3225)

3 A+INPUT 6 (D%) 0
C5507

C5512

C5514
0.1u/10

0.1u/16

B-INPUT
R5526

R5532
VCC5V

4 GND 5
15k

10

GNDD
B+INPUT
IC5501
M62343FP L5502
4.9V NJM2100V VCCM12V 0.1m
R5501 GND VCC -12.0V
1 8 5 4
DI A03
2 7 6 3
CLK A02
7 2
F
PIPRES
OSDCLK

3 6
DACCLK

LD A01
PIPCK
PIPDA

DACLD
OSDH
OSDV

DACDI

8 1
4
220
5 GNDD
MONITOR UNIT
Consists of
10u/16_Ta

COMAC
C5503

PinP

G 2/2 PinP CONTROL


MONITOR PCB
INVERTER PCB

G 1/2
GNDD

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
5 6 7 8
149
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
F
E
B
A

D
C

150
G-a G-b
G-b 1/2
CHIP SIZE LEGEND
CONNECTOR PART 5001
1608

1
1

DD-CON PART 5101


C.VIDEO PART 5301
2125
G 1/2 MONITOR PCB(MONITOR)
3216
PIP IC PART 5401
LCD PANELPART 5501

(D%)

VCC5V 4.9V

L5504
IC5504

CTF1306-A
1 5

27
NC VCC

R5512
2 IC5506
INA

L5511
3 4 1 1A 14
GND OUTY VCC

10
2 1Y 13

R5513
6A
TC7SET04FUS1 12

C5517 CTF1635-A
3 2A

10u/16_Ta
6Y
4 2Y 11

680
100
5A

R5509
5 3A 10 GNDD R5514

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


5Y
9

2
2

6 3Y
4A
82

7 GND 8
R5515

4Y

TC74VHC04FTS1

0.1u/10
56

C5516
R5516

L5508

C5509
0.1u/10
CTF1306-A
47

R5517

GNDD
36

R5518
33

R5519

V15D
V33D
1.5V 3.3V
27

R5520

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
180

R5521

L5412
L5418
L5420
L5425
L5428
L5431
L5432
L5437
GND IO

CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
82

GND D
R5522

C5442 C5450

3
3

C5435 C5438 C5440 C5445 C5449 C5456


(F%)

V33IO

0.1u/10 0.1u/10 0.1u/10 0.1u/10 0.1u/10 0.1u/10 0.1u/10 0.1u/10


12
R5523

3.3V

44
43
5

40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
2
1
C5434 CN5501
0.1u/10
L5469 GNDD
STH GND

0.1u/10

C5458
L5409 60
CTF1306-A 45 176 CTF1306-A STH

VDD-D4
VSS-D4
STH1

VSS-D5
VDD-D1 3
VSS-D1

VDD-D5 42
VSS-D2
L5466

VDD-D2

VSS-IO3

B0_D.IN
B1_D.IN
VDD-IO3
B2_D.IN
B3_D.IN
B4_D.IN
B5_D.IN
B6_D.IN
B7_D.IN
G0_D.IN
G1_D.IN
VDD-IO2
VSS-IO2
G2_D.IN
G3_D.IN
G4_D.IN
G5_D.IN
G6_D.IN
G7_D.IN
R0_D.IN
R1_D.IN
VDD-IO1
VSS-IO1
R2_D.IN
R3_D.IN
R4_D.IN
R5_D.IN
R6_D.IN
R7_D.IN 4
59

VDD-D3
VSS-D3
C5467 46 VSS-IO4 VSS-IO11 175 CTF1306-A

Test(DTMB)
VDD-IO4 VDD-IO11 LCD BUS 58 V0
0.1u/10
C5466

47 Overlay VDD-D14 174 C5465


Sub_C.Sync_IN B0_D-Out V1

D-RGB_Clock_IN 41
TP5401 57
33u/10_Ta

48

D-RGB_V.Sync_IN
C5410 173 TP5406 0.1u/10 V2
VSS-D6 B1_D-Out TP5407

D-RGB_H/C.Sync_IN
0.1u/10 56
49 172 L5439 CTF1528-A R5422 220 DA0 V3
L5411 VDD-D6 B2_D-Out 55
50 171 L5440 CTF1528-A
CTF1306-A R5423 220 DA1 V4
VDD_X'tal B3_D-Out 54
51 170 L5441 CTF1528-A R5418
1 8 DA2 V5
C5411 X'tal_IN B4_D-Out 53
52 169 L5442 CTF1528-A
0.1u/10 2 7 DA3 V6
X'tal_OUT B5_D-Out 52
53 168 L5443 CTF1528-A 3 6 DA4 V7
C5412 Vss_X'tal B6_D-Out 51
54 167 L5444 CTF1528-A
0.1u/10 4 5 DA5 V8
VDD-PLL B7_D-Out 50
55 166 L5445 CTF1306-A 220 V9
C5413 PLL_IN VDD-D13 C5459 49
0.01u/16 56 165 0.1u/10 V10
C5414 PLL_Filter VSS-D13 DA0 48
180p/25 57 164
C5460 0.1u/10
DA0 DA0
VSS-PLL VDD-IO10 L5470 CTF1306-A DA1 47
58 163
C5415 DA1 DA1
DVDD VDD15-DRAM4 DA2 46
59 L5471 CTF1306-A

4
162
4

DA2 DA2
0.1u/10 DAC_Out VSS15-DRAM4 DA3 45
60 161 C5461 0.1u/10
DA3 DA3
DVSS G0_D-Out TP5408 DA4 44
C5416 61 160
0.1u/10 TP5409 R5419 DA4 DA4
DAC_Bias G1_D-Out 220 DA5 43
C5417 62 159 L5446 CTF1528-A
0.1u/10 1 8 DB0 DA5 DA5
Sub_ADC_Bias G2_D-Out DB0 42
C5418 63 158 L5447 CTF1528-A
0.1u/10 2 7 DB1 DB0 DB0
Sub_ADC_Vref.T IC5401 G3_D-Out DB1 41
C5419 64 157 L5448 CTF1528-A
0.1u/10 3 6 DB2 DB1 DB1
VDD_Sub_ADC G4_D-Out DB2 40
65 156 L5449 CTF1528-A 4 5 DB3 DB2 DB2
C5420 Sub_C.Video_IN1 TC90A96BFGSING G5_D-Out DB3 39
66 155 L5450 CTF1528-A
0.1u/10 R5424 220 DB4 DB3 DB3
Vss_Sub_ADC G6_D-Out DB4 38
C5421 67 154 L5451 CTF1528-A
R5425 220 DB5 DB4 DB4
0.1u/10 Sub_C.Video_IN.2 G7_D-Out DB5 37
C5422 68 153 L5452 CTF1306-A DB5 DB5
0.1u/10 Sub_ADC_Vref.B VDD-IO9 C5462 DC0 36
C5423 69 152 DC0 DC0
0.1u/10 Vss_Main_ADC1 VSS-IO9 0.1u/10 35
70 151 DC1
DC1 DC1
VDD_Main_ADC1 R0_D-Out TP5410 DC2 34
C5424 71 150 R5420
TP5411 DC2 DC2
Main_ADC_Vref.B R1_D-Out 220 DC3 33
LCD MO

C5425 0.1u/10 72 149 L5453


CTF1528 A 1 8 DC0 DC3
0.1u/10 1 8 DB0 DA5 DA5
Sub_ADC_Bias G2_D-Out DB0 42
C5418 63 158 L5447 CTF1528-A
0.1u/10 2 7 DB1 DB0 DB0
Sub_ADC_Vref.T IC5401 G3_D-Out DB1 41
C5419 64 157 L5448 CTF1528-A
0.1u/10 3 6 DB2 DB1 DB1
VDD_Sub_ADC G4_D-Out DB2 40
65 156 L5449 CTF1528-A 4 5 DB3 DB2 DB2
C5420 Sub_C.Video_IN1 TC90A96BFGSING G5_D-Out DB3 39
66 155 L5450 CTF1528-A
0.1u/10 R5424 220 DB4 DB3 DB3
Vss_Sub_ADC G6_D-Out DB4 38
C5421 67 154 L5451 CTF1528-A
R5425 220 DB5 DB4 DB4
0.1u/10 68 Sub_C.Video_IN.2 G7_D-Out DB5 37
C5422 153 L5452 CTF1306-A DB5
Sub_ADC_Vref.B VDD-IO9 DC0 36 DB5
0.1u/10 C5462
C5423 69 152 DC0 DC0
VSS-IO9 0.1u/10 35
0.1u/10 70 Vss_Main_ADC1
151 DC1
DC1 DC1
VDD_Main_ADC1 R0_D-Out TP5410 DC2 34
C5424 71 150 R5420
TP5411 DC2 DC2
Main_ADC_Vref.B R1_D-Out 220 DC3 33
C5425 0.1u/10 72 149 L5453
CTF1528-A 1 8 DC0 DC3 DC3
R_IN.1 R2_D-Out DC4 32
C5426 0.1u/10 73 148 L5454 CTF1528-A 7 DC1 DC4
2 DC4
G_IN.1 R3_D-Out DC5 31
C5427 0.1u/10 74 147 L5455 CTF1528-A DC2 DC5
3 6 DC5
0.1u/10 B_IN.1 R4_D-Out LOAD 30
C5428 75 146 L5456 CTF1528-A 4 5 DC3 LOAD
LCD MODULE

Vss_Main_ADC_2 R5_D-Out 29 LOAD


5

76 145 L5457 CTF1528-A

5
220 DC4 L/R
VDD_Main_ADC_2 R6_D-Out 28
0.1u/10 77 144 L5458 CTF1528-A R5426
220 DC5 NC
R_IN.2 R7_D-Out
4.9V 27
1k

78 143 C5463 R5427


0.1u/10 VDD2
R5530

G_IN.2 VDD-D12 L5467 CTF1306-A 26


79 142 L5509

VCC5V
L5468 CTF1306-A VDD2
B_IN.2 VDD-IO8 C5464 25
C5429 80 141 CTF1635-A
0.1u/10 VDD2
Main_ADC_Vref.T VSS-IO8 24
C54300.1u/10 81 140 STH GNDLCD
R5428 220 NC
Main_ADC_Bais STH
C5527

23

C5519
22u/16_Ta

C5523
0.1u/10

0.1u/10
0.1u/10 82 139 L5459 CTF1528-A
C5431 R5429 220 LOAD GND
Vss_Main_ADC_3 Load 22
83 138 L5460 CTF1528-A
R5430 220 CPH
VDD_Main_ADC_3 CPH CPH 21 GND
0.1u/10
84 137 L5461 CTF1528-A 1 8 OE CPH
D-Vss OE 20 CPH
C5432 85 Main_RGB_Sync_IN.1-1 CPV 136 L5462 CTF1528-A 7 CPV
2 GND
D-VDD STV
3.3V 19
0.1u/10 86 Main_RGB_Sync_IN1-2 Vcom 135 L5463 CTF1528-A 3 6 STV NC

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


18
VCC3.3V

87 134 L5464 CTF1528-A 5 L5505


C5433 4 VDD1
L5465 CTF1528-A DTL1096-A 17

VSS-D7
VDD-07
OSD_Clock_Out
OSD_V.Sync_Out
OSD_C/H.Sync_Out
VDD-IO5
VSS-D8
VDD-D8
OSD_B_IN
OSD_G_IN
OSD_R_IN
OSD_Blank_Low_IN
OSD_Blank_High_IN
VSS-IO6
VDD-IO6
Bus_Clock_IN
Bus_Data_IN
Bus_ACK_Out
Reset_IN
VSS-D9
VDD-D9
VSS-IO5
Display_Mute
Main_Clock_Set
Test(MBST)
Test(Scan)
VSS-D10
VDD-D10
VSS15-DRAM1
VDD15-DRAM1
Test_mode0
Test_mode1
Test_mode2
Test_mode3
VSS15-DRAM2
VDD15-DRAM2
VSS-D11
VDD-D11
VSS-IO7
VDD-IO7
VSS15-DRAM3
VDD15-DRAM3
VDD25-DRAM
VSS25-DRAM
0.1u/10 88 133
R5421 16 VDD1
220

89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
STH2
C5520

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
127
128
129
130
131
132
15
C5524
C5528
0.1u/10

R5406
0.1u/10
10u/16_Ta

14 NC
0 18.5V VGH
13

TP5402
TP5404 110
TP5405 111
L5510

C5448

C5447

0.1u/10
NC

C5441

C5439
12

0.1u/10
0.1u/10
CTF1635-A

CSYNC
C5436
(1608)

0.1u/10
0.1u/10
1u/16

0.1u/10
GND

TP5403
0.1u/10

C54510.1u/10

C5437
0.1u/10
11

C5444
47k
C5453 0.1u/10

CTF1306-A
STV2

CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
STV2

0.1u/10
R5417
L5434 CTF1306-A 126
C5525

10

C5454
C5455
C5457
C5529

C5521 VCC18V

OE
0.1u/50

0.33u/50

OE

6
6

9 OE
0.1u/50

CPV CPV

NM
8 CPV

L5414
L5423

L5416
L5426

L5415
L5424
L5427
3.3V U/D

V25
GNDD 7

NM
STV

V15M
C5526

2.5V STV STV1

L5436

L5417
L5419
L5421
C5443
C5446
L5429
L5430
C5452
L5435
L5438

L5433
0.1u/16

VCC3.3V

0.1u/10
CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
CCG1111-A
C5530

CTF1306-A

CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
CTF1306-A
GNDD NC

0.1m
L5472
C5522
(4.7u 3225)

1.5V 5
0.1u/16

DTL1096-A GNDD

L5413 CTF1306-A
VGL

L5422 CTF1306-A
-12.0V 4
L5506
COM 3 NC

2 VCOM

330
VCOM
10

R5414 33k 1
R5531

VCCM12V

R5407
R5408 100
R5410 100
5

R5416 1.5k
B1 4

C1 6
C2

R5402 2.2k
VCOM AMP
BLK
15k
R5527

47

C5469
47
Q5501
UMX2N

470
VCC5V 4.9V

0.1u/10
B2

1 E1
2 E2
3

VCC8V
IC5502
8.0V

L5501
C5508

OSDV
OSDH
1 5
0.1m

R5411
R5412
R5413
0

OSDCLK
CTF1306-A
PIPCK NC VCC

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
L5503
R5533

2 1u/16
VCOM INA R5529
PIPDA 3 4 R5504 IC5505
GND OUTY IC5507
0

7
7

680 5 1 NJM082BV
PIPRES (D%)
22k

VCC I/O
22u/16_Ta
C5513

TP5502
C5511
R5510

TC7SET04FUS1 2 R5524
0

0.1u/10

C5505
O/I B:+IN V- 56k R5525

0.1u/10
4 3 5 4
3

CONT GND B:-IN A:+IN 100


GNDD 6 3
TP5501
B2
E2 2 R5534
E1 1

B:OUT A:-IN
TC7S66FU 7 2
TP5503

R5506 V+ A:OUT
8 1
100

100
UMT2N
Q5502

R5503 VCC5V
IC5503
C2

C5518
0.1u/10
(1608)

1 AOUTPUT 8
4 B1
5
6 C1

4.7k

C5510
1u/16
R5507

C5515 R5508 GNDD


V+ 4.9V R5528
2 A-INPUT 7
1u/16 33k
COMDC BOUTPUT
3 A+INPUT 6 (D%) 0
B-INPUT
4 GND 5 GNDD
10

C5507
C5512
C5514
15k

B+INPUT
0.1u/10
0.1u/16
R5526
R5532

IC5501
CCG1111-A

VCC5V
(4.7u 3225)

M62343FP L5502
4.9V NJM2100V VCCM12V 0.1m
R5501 GND VCC -12.0V
1 8 5 4
DI A03
2 7 6 3
CLK A02
3 6 7 2
LD A01
4 5 8 1
GNDD

PIPRES

PIPCK
PIPDA
MONITOR UNIT

OSDCLK
OSDV
OSDH
DACLD

DACDI
DACCLK
220
COMAC
PinP Consists of
8

8
C5503

MONITOR PCB
10u/16_Ta

2/2 PinP CONTROL


GNDD
INVERTER PCB

G-a G-b
G-b 1/2

151
E
A

D
C

F
B
F
E
B
A

D
C

152
G-a G-b
G-b 1/2
3.3V MAX2.0A

G-a 1/2
2.5V V25P V25 3216/501 POWER SUPPLY
S-1132B25-U5 33V 13.3V

V25
IC5102 L5104

1u/16

1
1

2.5V VCC3.3V PWRVI

C5117
L5101

C5118
1 5

10u/16_Ta
V25P
CTF1635-A VOUT VIN CTF1488-A VCC8V
2
VSS R5102 VCC8V 8.0V
3 4

0.22u/16

C5101
C5111
C5138

1u/16
NC

L5102
ON/OFF 470k 3.3V

10u/6.3
D5102

CTH1249-A
V33

10u/0.61A
GNDP

3225)
GNDP
GNDD GNDD RB500V-40

C5112
D1

L5115
C5159
1u/16
L5103 Q5102 L5105

R5105

0.1u/10
C5115
C5116

(10
CTH1250-A RSQ035P03 CTH1318-A

CTF1635-A

0.1u/10
2.5V V25AM 3.3V V33D

6
5
4
4
5
6

D4
D3
S
S
D3
D4
L5108 1u/16

CCG1223-A
CCG1223-A
3225)
CTF1635-A L5112 GNDP
GNDP

3225)
V25AM V33D

C5124
Q5103

C5143

C5122
D5104
CTF1635-A

D5103
C5141

0.1u/50
1
2
3
G
G
3
2
1
RSQ035P03

D1
D2
D2
D1

U2FWJ44N
0.01u/50

(10
RB160M-30

C5135
C5158

C5137
C5153 0.1u/50

CCG1223-A

C5133 0.01u/50
(10

CCH1440-A_Po
CCH1586-A_Po

C5108

C5120
C5102
OVT1
C5134 C5145

22u/10_Ta

10u/10_Ta
10u/10_Ta
0.1u/50 0.1u/50 R5133
GNDD GNDD D5105 0

15
R5120 R5123 RB548W
4700p/50
C5151

C5139 1u/16
1 C5160
VCC18V

27k 56k

1000p/50
C5140
1u/16

C5167
V25AS 3.3V V33IO

0.01u/50
2.5V 3 0.1u/50
2 18V
GNDP

1
L5109 L5113 L5107

12
10
9
8
7 R5122
6
5
4C5147
2 C5148
V25AS V33IO GNDP C5152 18.5V
CTF1635-A CTH1250-A 1 C5161 DTL1096-A
V32 13 48
3 1u/25 max100mA

CL1
CL2
VS2
NC1
R5108 R5112 R5115 4700p/50 2

OVT1
LGND
OUT2
R5106 C5130 14 47 R5134 0 (2125)
D5106

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


PVCC1 11 R512115
VREGB
PVCC2
VREGA
OCPC2 3 1u/16

C5103
22k

1u/16
0.01u/50 VS1 PVCC4

C5104
C5107
160 D% 270 D% 15 OCPC1 OUT4 46 RB548W R5132 330k D%

2
2

0 1k D% C5128 100p/50

0.1u/10
R5113 R5118 FB1 FB4
C5169
1u/25

33k 16 45 C5162

33u/10_Ta
1k C5123 C5131 INV1 PGND4
R5141

GNDD 17 44 R5124 R5127 R5129 NM


GNDD R5110 330p/50 C5127
6.8k 0.039u/50 SS1 RT
18 BD6171KV 43 62k D% 430 D% 18k D% GNDP
R5103 R5104 R5107 C5121 0.01u/50 R5119 FB2 FIN
19 IC5103 42 GNDP 14V H:500kHz
0.047u/50 12k L:454.5kHz
0 6.8k D% 200 R5117 INV2 VCC C5154
680k C5132 20 41
1.5V V15M V15 1.6V 0.01u/50

1k
IC5101 SS2 PVCC R5135 NM
S-1132B15-U5 C5125 21 40 C5150 GNDP
0.1u/50 0.039u/50

V15
L5110 VREF PGND5 4.7u/16
1 5 Q5101

R5109
V15M GNDP 22 39
CTF1635-A VOUT VIN C5126 D5107 RB548W NM

(D%)
2 OUT3 FB5
R5111 10u/16_Ta 23 PVCC3 OUT5 38 C5155
VSS

C5149
0.1u/50
R5101 1 C5163
DDCON_SEL

3 4 510 (D) FB3 PVCC5

C5109
VCC5V
NC 24 37 0.1u/50 3

C5105
ON/OFF 680k 2

10u/6.3
4.9V (F) R5116 D5108 1u/25 (2125) DDCON

10u/16_Ta
D5101

V03DET
V01DET
V02DET
V04DET
V05DET
SVBGND
GND
EN1
EN2
EN3
EN4
EN5
GNDD GNDP 2k (F1608) RB548W
GNDD GNDP
1 C5164
VCCM12V

R5114

0
RB500V-40

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

C5110
5V L5114 0 C5156 3 -12V

R5125
0.1u/50 D5109 2 1u/25 (2125)

C5113
C5114 CTF1635-A L5116

0.1u/10
0.1u/10
V15D

1.5V V15D GNDP C5157 C5165 -12.0V


G 2/2 1
1 2.2u/16 CTF1635-A
L5111 1u/16

C5119
0.1u/50 3

0.1u/10
V15D 2
C5170
1u/16

CTF1635-A GNDP RB548W

AVH-P5150DVD/XN/RC
R5137 R5126 R5128 R5130 R5131 C5166
GNDP 2.2u/16
GNDP

C5106
0 10k D% 18k D% 22k D% 0
C5168
1u/16
L5412

22u/10_Ta
R5138 R5139 NM GND IO
CTF1306 A

GNDD
0 GND D
GNDD

3
3

R5140 NM C5435

GNDD 0.1u/10

C5017
44

You might also like